You are on page 1of 440

Fuji Flexible Placement Platform

AIMEX IIIc
Mechanical Reference

Original Instructions
MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0
CAUTION !
Contact Fuji or a Fuji representative before trans-
porting this product to a foreign location within your
company or selling it to a third party within your
country or a different country.
If this product is sold or transported to a different
country without contacting Fuji, it may not be pos-
sible for us to supply spare parts or provide main-
tenance.
Fuji Flexible Placement Platform

AIMEX IIIc
Mechanical Reference

MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

FUJI MACHINE MFG. CO., LTD.


Copyrights
All rights regarding this manual are reserved by Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd. This manual may not, in whole
or in part, be reproduced by any means (electronic, mechanical or otherwise), or reused in any way, with-
out the prior written permission of Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd.

Warranty and Liability


Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd. accepts no responsibility for situations that may arise due to any of the follow-
ing:
• The use of third party parts.
• The use of non-genuine Fuji parts.
• Incorrect settings made by the customer.
• Improper use of Fuji equipment.

Notice
Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd. reserves the right to change the content of this manual without notice.
Every effort has been made to ensure that this manual is correct in every detail. However, please contact
Fuji in the unlikely event that errors or omissions are detected.
Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd. accepts no liability whatsoever for damages that may arise as a result of this
manual, with the exception of problems that originate in our products.
MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

Contents
1. Safety guidelines ................................................. 1
1.1 About symbols .................................................. 1
1.1.1 Degree of hazards ..................................................1
1.1.2 Examples of the symbols ........................................1
1.2 Safety rules for all machine types .................... 2
1.3 Safety rules for machines ................................. 6
1.3.1 Main machine .........................................................6
1.3.2 MFU-65/MFU-65II .................................................10
1.3.3 Tray unit-LTW .......................................................11
1.3.4 Tray unit-LTW-2 ....................................................13
1.3.5 Tray unit-M ............................................................15
1.4 Safety labels ................................................... 16
1.4.1 Machine safety label explanations ........................18
1.5 Important points ............................................. 20
1.5.1 Safety rules related to handling the machine ........20
1.5.2 Disposal of linear motor magnets .........................21
1.6 The EMERGENCY STOP button ................... 22
1.7 Locking system .............................................. 23
1.7.1 Lockout procedure ................................................23
1.7.2 Unlocking procedure .............................................24
2. Machine components and functions .................. 27
2.1 Machine components ..................................... 27
2.2 Names and functions ..................................... 28
2.2.1 Body components .................................................28
2.2.2 XY robot ................................................................29
2.2.3 Placing head .........................................................30
2.2.4 Parts camera ........................................................35
2.2.5 Mark camera .........................................................36
2.2.6 Nozzle changer .....................................................36
2.2.7 Nozzle station .......................................................37
2.2.8 Panel conveyors ...................................................38

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference i


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.9 Panel height detection function ............................ 39


2.2.10 Device base ....................................................... 40
2.2.11 MFU-65-2 ........................................................... 41
2.2.12 Tray unit-LTW .................................................... 42
2.2.13 Tray unit-LTW-2 ................................................. 43
2.2.14 Tray unit-M ......................................................... 44
2.2.15 Reject parts conveyor ........................................ 45
2.2.16 Control system ................................................... 46
3. Sensor positions ................................................. 47
3.1 How to check I/Os .......................................... 47
3.2 Base sensors ................................................. 48
3.3 Module sensors .............................................. 49
3.4 XY-robot sensors ........................................... 50
3.5 Placing head sensors ..................................... 51
3.5.1 H01 head .............................................................. 51
3.5.2 H02/H02F heads .................................................. 52
3.5.3 H08M/H08MQ heads ........................................... 54
3.5.4 V12 head .............................................................. 56
3.5.5 H24/H24G heads ................................................. 57
3.6 Nozzle changer sensors ................................ 58
3.6.1 Side 1 ................................................................... 58
3.6.2 Side 2 ................................................................... 59
3.7 Device base sensors ...................................... 60
3.7.1 Side 1 ................................................................... 60
3.7.2 Side 2 ................................................................... 60
3.8 Waste tape processing unit sensors .............. 61
3.8.1 Side 1 ................................................................... 61
3.8.2 Side 2 ................................................................... 61
3.9 Conveyor sensors .......................................... 62
3.10 Hybrid calibration unit sensors ..................... 63
3.11 Panel height detection function sensor ........ 64
3.12 Tray unit-LTW sensors ................................. 65
3.12.1 Safety door ......................................................... 65

ii AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

3.12.2 Tray tower ...........................................................66


3.12.3 Shuttle .................................................................67
3.12.4 Reject parts conveyor .........................................68
3.13 Tray unit-LTW2 sensor ................................. 69
3.13.1 Safety door .........................................................69
3.13.2 Tray tower components ......................................70
3.13.3 Shuttle .................................................................71
3.14 Tray unit-M sensors ..................................... 72
4. Basic operation .................................................. 75
4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads ................ 75
4.1.1 Important points when performing work ................75
4.1.2 Removing procedure ............................................77
4.1.3 Attaching procedure ..............................................81
4.1.4 Setting nozzle jigs .................................................84
4.2 Removing/attaching MFU ............................... 86
4.2.1 Important points when performing work ................86
4.2.2 Removing procedure ............................................87
4.2.3 Attaching procedure ..............................................88
4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations ............... 90
4.3.1 Removing procedure ............................................90
4.3.2 Attaching procedure ..............................................92
4.4 Attaching/removing a tray unit-LTW ............... 93
4.4.1 Removing ..............................................................93
4.4.2 Attaching ...............................................................95
4.4.3 Change the operation panel position ....................97
4.5 Removing/attaching a tray unit-LTW2 ............ 98
4.5.1 Removing procedure ............................................98
4.5.2 Attaching procedure ............................................100
4.5.3 Change the operation panel position ..................102
4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-M ................. 103
4.6.1 Removing ............................................................103
4.6.2 Attaching .............................................................106
5. Preventive maintenance .................................. 109

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference iii


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.1 About preventative maintenance ................. 109


5.1.1 Maintenance frequency ...................................... 109
5.1.2 Points of caution ................................................. 109
5.1.3 Required items ................................................... 110
5.1.4 Applying grease ................................................. 115
5.1.5 Industrial ethanol ................................................ 116
5.2 Maintenance checklist .................................. 117
5.2.1 Maintenance performed by operators when the
machine is waiting to produce ............................. 117
5.2.2 Maintenance performed by maintenance personnel
.............................................................................. 118
5.3 Daily maintenance (24 hrs or less) .............. 125
5.3.1 Cleaning the reject parts box (every 8 hours) .... 125
5.3.2 Cleaning the reject parts box (every 24 hours) .. 126
5.4 Weekly maintenance (every 160 hrs) .......... 127
5.4.1 Cleaning the nozzle station ................................ 127
5.4.2 Cleaning the feeder pallet .................................. 128
5.4.3 Cleaning the glass cover on the parts camera ... 129
5.4.4 Cleaning the glass surface in the parts camera
lighting unit .......................................................... 130
5.4.5 Cleaning inside the module ................................ 131
5.4.6 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW feeder slots and
connectors ........................................................... 133
5.4.7 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW-2 feeder slots and
connectors ........................................................... 133
5.4.8 Cleaning the mirrors on the V12 head ............... 134
5.4.9 Cleaning part side recognition section of heads with
that function ......................................................... 136
5.4.10 Cleaning the Z0 sensor .................................... 137
5.4.11 Cleaning the LCR check unit measuring probes
.............................................................................. 138
5.5 Maintenance every 2 weeks (320 hrs) ......... 139
5.5.1 Lubricating the syringe, Q-axis gear (lower syringe
side) and O-rings on the V12 head ...................... 139
5.5.2 Lubricating the syringe edge on H08M/H08MQ heads
............................................................................. 143
5.6 Monthly maintenance (every 700 hrs) .......... 144

iv AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

5.6.1 Cleaning the reject parts conveyor unit ..............144


5.6.2 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW conveyor belts and shuttle
belts ......................................................................144
5.6.3 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW-2 shuttle belts ..........145
5.6.4 Cleaning the placing head vacuum filters ...........146
5.6.5 Placing head nozzle clamp pin replacement and
nozzle pickup surface cleaning ............................150
5.6.6 Cleaning the placing head flange filter ................152
5.6.7 Cleaning the placing head syringes ....................153
5.6.8 Lubricating the syringes on placing heads ..........157
5.6.9 Checking the placing head mechanical valve O-rings
..............................................................................166
5.6.10 Checking conveyor belts ...................................167
5.6.11 Cleaning the LCR check unit guide pins ...........168
5.7 3 month maintenance (every 2000 hrs) ....... 169
5.7.1 Cleaning the linear motor cooling fan filter .........169
5.7.2 Checking and lubricating the grease on XY-robot flat
cables ...................................................................172
5.7.3 Lubricating the LCR check unit guide pins .........176
5.8 6-monthly maintenance (every 4000 hrs) ..... 178
5.8.1 Lubricating the arm rotation axis used to drive the
mechanical valve ..................................................178
5.8.2 Lubricating the Q-axis gear and R-axis gear on the
placing head .........................................................180
5.8.3 Lubricating the XY robot .....................................183
5.8.4 Lubricating XY-robot flat cables ..........................187
5.8.5 Cleaning the tray unit-M ......................................191
5.9 Yearly maintenance (every 8000 hrs) .......... 192
5.9.1 Cleaning the air regulator ...................................192
5.9.2 Cleaning the half mirror of the mark camera lighting
unit .......................................................................193
5.9.3 Cleaning the parts camera lens ..........................194
5.9.4 Lubricating the nozzle changer up/down shafts ..200
5.9.5 Replacing head vacuum filters ............................201
5.9.6 Replacing the linear motor cooling fan filter ........201
5.9.7 Cleaning the conveyor panel pass sensor ..........202
5.9.8 Cleaning base filters ...........................................203

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference v


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.9.9 Replacing the LCR check unit measuring probes


.............................................................................. 205
5.10 12000-hour maintenance ........................... 207
5.10.1 Cleaning the mist separator filter ..................... 207
5.10.2 Cleaning the vacuum pump filter ...................... 208
5.10.3 Lubricating the placing head ............................ 210
5.10.4 Replacing mechanical valve O-rings on placing
heads ................................................................... 220
5.10.5 Lubricating the conveyor .................................. 231
5.10.6 Checking the conveyor belt tension ................. 233
5.10.7 Lubricating the waste tape processing unit ...... 234
5.10.8 Lubricating the tray unit-LTW ........................... 236
5.10.9 Checking and adjusting the tray unit-LTW belt
tensions ............................................................... 238
5.10.10 Lubricating the tray unit-LTW-2 ...................... 242
5.10.11 Checking and adjusting the tray unit-LTW-2 belt
tensions ............................................................... 243
5.10.12 Checking and replacing the tray unit-LTW/LTW2
tray drawer bottom surface sheets ...................... 247
5.10.13 Lubricating the tray unit-M .............................. 248
5.10.14 Checking and adjusting tray unit-M belt tensions
.............................................................................. 251
5.11 Irregular maintenance ................................ 255
5.11.1 Removing parts from the reject parts conveyor 255
5.11.2 Cleaning hybrid calibration marks and jig parts 256
5.11.3 Cleaning the nozzles ........................................ 257
5.11.4 Cleaning H08M/H08MQ nozzles with filters and
replacing nozzle filters ......................................... 261
5.11.5 Cleaning the V12 parts camera lens ................ 264
5.11.6 Cleaning tray unit-LTW connectors .................. 266
5.11.7 Cleaning tray unit-LTW-2 connectors ............... 266
5.11.8 Cleaning the MFU feeder pallet and part supply
base connector .................................................... 267
5.11.9 Checking and replacing placing head vacuum filters
............................................................................. 267
5.11.10 Checking the conveyor belt tension ............... 268
5.11.11 Cleaning the conveyor belts and the belt cleaner
............................................................................. 268

vi AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

5.11.12 Cleaning the soft backup pins .........................269


5.11.13 Checking and adjusting the CZ-axis belt tension
..............................................................................270
5.11.14 Checking and adjusting the conveyor motor belt
tension ..................................................................271
5.11.15 Cleaning the waste tape processing unit cutter
..............................................................................273
5.11.16 Cleaning the waste tape processing unit duct 275
5.11.17 Correcting the LCR meter ...............................277
5.11.18 Checking LCR meter accuracy. ......................279
6. Replacing consumable parts ........................... 281
6.1 About consumable parts .............................. 281
6.2 Replacing conveyor belts ............................. 281
6.2.1 Recommended frequency ...................................281
6.2.2 Replacement procedure .....................................281
6.3 Replacing the conveyor belt cleaners .......... 285
6.3.1 Recommended frequency ...................................285
6.3.2 Procedure ...........................................................285
6.4 Replacing panel clamper stopper bolts ........ 286
6.4.1 Recommended frequency ...................................286
6.4.2 Required items ....................................................286
6.4.3 Replacement procedure .....................................286
6.5 Replacing the nozzle station fluorescent stickers
....................................................................... 288
6.5.1 Recommended frequency ...................................288
6.5.2 Replacement procedure .....................................288
6.6 Replacing the parts recognition function head
sticker ............................................................. 291
6.6.1 Recommended frequency ...................................291
6.6.2 H08MQ heads .....................................................291
6.6.3 V12 heads ...........................................................293
6.7 Replacing the head battery .......................... 294
6.7.1 Battery type .........................................................294
6.7.2 Recommended frequency ...................................294
6.7.3 Replacement procedure .....................................295

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference vii


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.8 Replacing the servo amplifier battery ........... 299


6.8.1 Battery type ........................................................ 299
6.8.2 Recommended frequency .................................. 299
6.8.3 Procedure ........................................................... 299
6.9 Replacing the module CPU battery .............. 301
6.9.1 Battery type ........................................................ 301
6.9.2 Recommended frequency .................................. 301
6.9.3 Preparation procedures ...................................... 302
6.9.4 Procedure ........................................................... 302
6.9.5 Specifying settings after changing ..................... 304
6.10 Exchanging panel controller batteries ........ 308
6.10.1 Battery type ...................................................... 308
6.10.2 Replacement procedure ................................... 308
6.11 Replacing a Fuse on the Remote I/O Board
........................................................................ 311
6.11.1 Recommended frequency ................................ 311
6.11.2 Important points when performing work ........... 311
6.11.3 Replacement procedure ................................... 312
6.12 Replacing fuses on interface boards .......... 315
6.12.1 Recommended frequency ................................ 315
6.12.2 Replacement procedure ................................... 315
6.13 Replacing vacuum pump consumable parts
........................................................................ 317
6.13.1 Recommended frequency ................................ 317
6.13.2 Required items ................................................. 317
6.13.3 Replacement procedure ................................... 317
6.14 Replacing the tray unit-LTW servo controller
battery ............................................................ 328
6.14.1 Battery type ...................................................... 328
6.14.2 Recommended frequency ................................ 328
6.14.3 Procedure ......................................................... 328
6.15 Replacing the tray unit-LTW-2 servo controller
battery ............................................................ 330
6.15.1 Battery type ...................................................... 330
6.15.2 Replacement period ......................................... 330

viii AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

6.15.3 Replacement procedure ...................................330


6.16 Replacing the tray unit-LTW TY-axis/TZ-axis
servo servo amplifier battery .......................... 332
6.16.1 Battery type .......................................................332
6.16.2 Recommended frequency .................................332
6.16.3 Procedure .........................................................332
6.17 Replacing the tray unit-LTW-2 TY-axis/TZ-axis
servo amplifier battery .................................... 334
6.17.1 Battery type .......................................................334
6.17.2 Replacement period ..........................................334
6.17.3 Replacement procedure ...................................334
6.18 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-LTW interface
board .............................................................. 336
6.18.1 Procedure .........................................................336
6.19 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-LTW-2 interface
board .............................................................. 338
6.19.1 Replacement procedure ...................................338
6.20 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-M interface
board .............................................................. 340
6.20.1 Procedure .........................................................340
7. Replacing parts ................................................ 341
7.1 Replacing the parts camera ......................... 341
7.1.1 Required items ....................................................341
7.1.2 Important points when performing work ..............341
7.1.3 How to replace a P04CL parts camera ...............343
7.1.4 How to replace a parts camera other than a P04CL
..............................................................................347
7.2 Replacing the mark camera ......................... 350
7.2.1 Required items ....................................................350
7.2.2 Important points when performing work ..............350
7.2.3 Procedure ...........................................................351
7.3 Replacing the background ring for parts side
recognition ...................................................... 355
7.3.1 H08MQ head ......................................................355
7.3.2 H24 head ............................................................356

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference ix


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.4 Replacing the reject parts unit ..................... 357


7.4.1 Procedure ........................................................... 357
7.5 Replacing the control box ............................ 359
7.5.1 Required items ................................................... 359
7.5.2 Replacement procedure ..................................... 359
7.6 Replacing the module CPU box ................... 361
7.6.1 Required items ................................................... 361
7.6.2 Preparation procedures ...................................... 361
7.6.3 Procedure ........................................................... 362
7.6.4 Specifying settings after changing ..................... 363
7.7 Replacing boards in the module CPU box. .. 364
7.7.1 Required items ................................................... 364
7.7.2 Preparation procedures ...................................... 364
7.7.3 Replacing the CPU board .................................. 365
7.7.4 Replacing the vision board ................................. 366
7.7.5 Replacing the communication board .................. 367
7.7.6 Replacing the servo board ................................. 368
7.7.7 After replacing boards ........................................ 368
7.8 Replacing a remote I/O board ...................... 369
7.8.1 Important points when performing work ............. 369
7.8.2 Replacement procedure ..................................... 371
7.9 Replacing cooling fans ................................. 373
7.9.1 Procedure for replacing fans in top cover .......... 373
7.9.2 Replacing fans in the lower section of the base . 374
7.9.3 Replacing Y-axis linear motor cooling fans ........ 376
7.10 Replacing the vacuum pump control box ... 379
7.10.1 Replacement procedure ................................... 379
7.11 Replacing conveyor controllers .................. 382
7.11.1 Replacement procedure ................................... 382
7.11.2 Adjusting after replacing ................................... 383
7.12 Replacing the connector between the feeder
pallet and the base ......................................... 386
7.12.1 Required items ................................................. 386
7.12.2 Procedure ......................................................... 386

x AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 Contents

7.13 Replacing the connector for the tray unit-LTW


and base ......................................................... 388
7.13.1 Procedure .........................................................388
7.14 Replacing the connector for the tray unit-LTW2
and base ......................................................... 389
7.14.1 Replacement procedure ...................................389
7.15 Removing tray unit-LTW covers ................. 390
7.15.1 Tray unit-LTW cover configuration ....................390
7.15.2 Removing ..........................................................391
8. Preparation work to support various functions . 399
8.1 Preparing to use a tray unit-LTW/LTW2 ....... 399
8.1.1 Required items ....................................................399
8.1.2 Work table ...........................................................400
8.1.3 Important points when performing work ..............401
8.1.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit .............................402
8.1.5 Preparing to attach an MFU ................................405
8.2 Preparing to use a tray unit-M ...................... 406
8.2.1 Required items ....................................................406
8.2.2 Work table ...........................................................407
8.2.3 Important points when performing work ..............408
8.2.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit-M ........................409
8.2.5 Preparation work to use a standard waste tape duct
during production .................................................411
9. Adjusting .......................................................... 413
9.1 Sensitivity adjustment for the conveyor panel pass
sensor ............................................................. 413
9.1.1 Remote adjustment procedure ...........................413
9.1.2 Important points when performing work ..............414
9.1.3 On-machine adjustment procedure ....................415
9.2 Adjusting the sensitivity of vacuum sensors . 417
9.3 Adjusting the sensitivity of pressure sensors 418
10. Supplementary Information ............................ 419
10.1 Noise levels ................................................ 419
10.1.1 Measured noise levels ......................................419

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference xi


Contents MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

10.2 Current leakage ......................................... 420


10.2.1 Current leakage measurement results ............. 420

xii AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-002E0 Introduction

Introduction
Provided manuals
The manuals listed below are shipped with the machine. In order to operate this machine
in the safest and most efficient manner, please read the provided manuals thoroughly and
observe all instructions and warnings.

• AIMEX IIIc Setup Manual

• AIMEX III/AIMEX IIIc System Reference

• AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

• AIMEX Series Programming Manual

Setup Manual
This manual is used for setting up new machines/units or for moving machines/units within
your factory. This manual provides instructions from setting up the machine/unit to making
software settings.

System Reference
This manual provides machine operation instructions from how to use machine and unit
functions for efficient production to the work required for normal changeover. Refer to this
manual mostly for software and system items.

Mechanical Reference
This manual provides instructions for mechanical aspects of the machine such as adjusting
sensors, preventive maintenance, and replacing parts. Refer to this manual when
performing maintenance on the machine such as cleaning, lubrication, and adjustments.

Programming Manual
This manual provides the instructions for programming the machine that are unique for this
machine. Refer to this manual when creating jobs or part data in Fuji Flexa, transmitting
jobs, or editing jobs on the machine.

Other
Some of the names used in this manual are not the formal machine/unit names. Refer to
the following table.

Formal name Name used in this manual

AIMEX IIIc AIMEX-3c

Realtime Workingrate RWB service


Buffer Service

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference xiii


Introduction MEC-AIMEX3C-002E0

MEMO:

xiv AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1. Safety guidelines
Fuji machines are designed and produced with safety as one of our main considerations.
However, even a perfectly designed and manufactured machine can be damaged, or
someone can still be injured, if the safety rules are not followed. It is the responsibility of the
user to make sure that all safety rules are followed at all times.

Read the safety guidelines before operating the machine and always use the machine in
accordance with the rules given.

1.1 About symbols


This safety guideline contains safety rules that the user must adhere to when operating and
maintaining this machine. An explanation of the warning labels attached to the machine is
also provided.

Hazard degree definitions (level of danger) and symbols are used in the safety explanations
of this manual and on the warning labels on the machine. These are explained below. Be
sure you understand the meanings of these symbols before reading the manual.

1.1.1 Degree of hazards

Symbol Definition (level of danger)


DANGER Failure to observe this hazard warning will lead to severe injury or
death.

WARNING Failure to observe this hazard warning could lead to severe injury
or death.

CAUTION Failure to observe this hazard warning may lead to personal injury
or damage to the machine.

1.1.2 Examples of the symbols

Symbol Explanation
A triangle is used to draw your attention to a hazard. The symbol
inside the triangle indicates the nature of the hazard (in this case, electric
shock).

A circle with a diagonal line is used to draw your attention to an


operation that is prohibited. The symbol inside the circle indicates the
nature of the operation (in this case, "Do not touch").

A circle with an exclamation mark is used to draw your attention to a


mandatory action. In other words, you are required to carefully perform
the given instructions.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 1


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.2 Safety rules for all machine types

DANGER
Do not go near movable parts during automatic or manual
operation.

• Body parts or clothing may get caught in the machine, resulting in


serious injury or death.

WARNING
Do not insert hands or other body parts into the conveyor
inlets.

• Body parts may get caught in the machine, resulting in injury.


• If using a single machine independently, install safety covers or
interlock sensors at the conveyor openings, in accordance with
your local safety regulations, to prevent injuries.

Do not operate the machine with the safety covers or doors


open.

• When safety covers or doors are removed, body parts or clothing


may get caught in the machine, resulting in personal injury.
• When maintenance work is completed, return the safety covers
and doors to their original (closed) position.

Always verify the position of the EMERGENCY STOP buttons


before operating the machine.

• Always be aware of the positions of the EMERGENCY STOP


buttons so that they can be pushed quickly in case of an
emergency.

Check the safety functions before starting operation.

• Before starting the machine, check the operation of the


EMERGENCY STOP buttons, the safety switches on the covers
and doors, and all other machine safety features.
• Do not use the machine if any of the safety functions fail. Contact
your Fuji service representative immediately.

Do not remove safety switches or disable safety functions.

• Do not short or remove the machine's safety switches or disable


any safety functions. Persons working on the machine may be
seriously injured if operation commands are issued by mistake.

2 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

WARNING
Ensure that there is nobody inside the machine when working
on the machine with two or more people.

• Verify that nobody is in or near the machine before operating the


machine. Operating the machine may result in injury to people who
are in or near the machine.

Do not go near a machine that has stopped moving.

• There are times during automatic operation when the machine


may appear to have stopped, such as while it is waiting for a panel,
waiting for the next machine, reading marks, or transmitting data.
In such cases, once certain conditions are fulfilled, the machine
will begin moving again automatically, so care should be taken.
Only go near the machine after the EMERGENCY STOP button
has been pushed.
• When the "production screen" is displayed on the operation panel,
the machine will begin to move once certain conditions are
satisfied. Be aware that the machine will begin to move regardless
of whether these conditions are satisfied intentionally or
inadvertently.

Do not place hands near the main conveyor.

• Body parts may get caught in the machine, resulting in injury.

Always turn off power to the machine before performing


maintenance.

• Failure to observe this is extremely dangerous and may result in


sudden machine movements or electric shock.

Do not insert or remove connectors while power is being


supplied to the machine.

• Removing or inserting connectors while power is being supplied to


the machine may cause damage to the machine and electric
shocks.

Stay clear from the machine when it is being lifted.

• Never put hands or feet under the machine when the machine is
being raised by means of a jack or other device for leveling or
transport. Hands, feet, or other body parts may get crushed by the
machine, resulting in serious injury.

Do not wear gloves made of cloth when operating the machine.

• Rubber gloves will tear when caught by the machine and prevent
hands from being drawn into the machine. Gloves made of cotton
or similarly strong material may cause hands to be drawn into the
machine. Do not wear gloves made of cloth when operating the
machine.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 3


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

WARNING
Long hair should be tied back.

• Long hair may get caught in machines that are operating. Hair
should be kept short or tied back so that it does not get caught in
the machine.

Turn off the air supply when removing items such as cylinders,
valves, or filters.

• Removing cylinders, valves, or filters without turning the air supply


off may cause parts or particles to be propelled into the eyes.
• Be sure to turn off the air supply when removing cylinders, valves,
or filters.

Wear protective glasses when removing parts from the


machine.

• Be sure to wear protective glasses when removing or exchanging


parts.

Check the machine operation panel and the target axes while
manually operating the machine.

• When operating the machine, carefully follow the instructions that


are displayed on the operation panel.
• Never operate the machine without looking at the operation panel.
Operating the machine without looking at the operation panel may
lead to operating errors or result in damage to the machine or
products.

Do not touch the servo amplifier power terminal for at least five
minutes after turning off the power.

• The servo amplifier retains a high voltage even after the power has
been turned off.
• Always wait at least five minutes, and ensure that the CHARGE
lamp is off, before performing any work that may result in contact
with the servo amplifier terminal.

CAUTION
Confirm the operational status from the messages on the
operation panel for machines that support automatic
changeover.

• On machines equipped with an automatic changeover system, it is


difficult to determine the changeover status from the front of the
machine during production. Follow the instructions on the
operation panel.

4 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

CAUTION
Use the handle when opening or closing the safety doors,
fences, or covers.

• Opening or closing the safety doors, fences, or covers without


using the handle may result in injury.
• Opening or closing the safety doors, fences, or covers with too
much force may result in damage to the machine.

Always wear headgear when working in or under machines.

• Failure to observe this could result in head injuries.

Be careful of edge sections when touching covers, plates, and


metal items.

• Body parts may be cut by edge sections.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 5


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.3 Safety rules for machines


1.3.1 Main machine

30SET-0230

WARNING Related
sections

1 Do not insert hands or other body parts into the machine in -


the spaces between feeders, especially when there are only
a few feeders present on the MFU.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury due to contact


with the head.

6 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

2 2 6 7
5 4

30SET-0231

WARNING Related
sections

2 Do not look directly into the vision processing light or the -


panel conveyance check sensor light. Wear tinted
protective glasses.

• Eye damage may be caused by looking directly into the


light.

3 Do not insert hands or other body parts into the opening of -


the part supply base waste tape processing unit.

• Failure to do so could result in injury.

4 When lifting a backup plate, be careful not to put your hands -


in the areas between the plate, conveyor width-changing
ball screw, and hexagonal shaft. Also, be careful not to cut
your hands on the corners of the conveyor rails.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

5 Use two or more people to lift up backup plates and be sure -


to maintain correct lifting posture. Do not lift a backup plate
if you are not strong enough.

• Plates are heavy, so lifting them may cause injury.

6 Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is -


stopped.

• The shaft and coil section of linear motors remain very hot
even after operation is stopped. This may result in burns if
touched.

7 People with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear -


motors in modules (do not come within 400 mm).

• A strong magnetic field is generated by linear motors.


Exercise extreme caution, because pacemakers may
malfunction due to the magnetic field.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 7


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

8 9

10

10 30SET-0233

CAUTION Related
sections

8 Be careful not to pinch your hands when opening and -


closing the front doors and sliding doors.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

9 Open doors completely (move all the way up).

• Injury may occur to any body parts in the machine if the -


door is not completely opened (moved up). This is due to
the possibility that it might slide back down and injure any
body parts in the way.

10 Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts -


against any items that protrude from the machine such as
the part supply base guides.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

8 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

14 15

11

11

12 13

30SET-0232

CAUTION Related
sections

11 Do not put your hands underneath the nozzle station when -


loading it in the machine.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

12 Maintain a good posture when moving the X and Y axes by -


hand.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

13 Be careful not to pinch your hands or other body parts -


between the XY robot and stoppers/covers when moving
the XY axes by hand.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

14 When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not -


use ordinary metal tools. Use non-magnetic tools.

• The magnetic force can pull metal objects and result in


injury (by trapping fingers or other body parts between the
metal objects and the linear motors).

15 Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision -


machines away from linear motors (do not bring within 55
mm).

• Damage to items may occur due to the magnetic field


generated by a linear motor.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 9


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.3.2 MFU-65/MFU-65II

1
2
3
30SET-0228

WARNING Related
sections

1 When pushing an MFU into the machine, ensure that no


one is between the MFU and the machine.

• A person could be seriously injured or crushed to death if


caught between the unit and machine.

CAUTION Related
sections

2 When attaching an MFU in the machine, ensure that hands


or other body parts do not get between the MFU and the
machine.

• Hands or other body parts may get pinched or injured.

3 When moving and exchanging MFU, be careful to not get


feet or other body parts caught in the casters.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

4 When attaching/removing an MFU from a machine, be sure


to complete the entire process. Be sure to maintain
adequate work space when performing this work.

The MFU is automatically moved and this may strike


personnel and cause injury.

5 Stay off of the MFU.

Failure to observe this could result in injury.

10 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1.3.3 Tray unit-LTW

5 1 7

2 30MEC-0886

WARNING Related
sections

1 When pushing a tray unit-LTW into the machine, ensure "4.4", "5.6.2",
that no one is between the tray unit-LTW and the machine. "5.10.8",
"5.10.9",
• Body parts may get caught in the machine, resulting in "6.14", "6.16",
injury. "6.18", "7.13",
"7.15"
2 Lock the caster brakes whenever the tray unit-LTW is
removed from the machine.

• Depending on the slope and condition of the floor, the tray


unit-LTW could roll unexpectedly, possibly resulting in
injury.

3 Securely grip the magazine rack when lifting, carrying, or -


positioning it.

• The magazine rack is heavy and injury could result if it is


dropped.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 11


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

CAUTION Related
sections

4 Be careful not to pinch body parts when opening or closing "5.10.8",


tray unit-LTW doors or covers. Do not leave the doors or "5.10.9",
covers open while the tray unit-LT is unattended. "5.10.12",
"6.14", "6.16",
• Body parts may get pinched or caught, resulting in injury. "6.16", "7.15"

5 When using the handle that adjusts the height of the tray "5.10.8"
unit-LTW, make sure that body parts are not caught
between the handle and cover.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

6 Do not insert body parts through the bottom of the tray unit- "7.15"
LTW into the inner section where mechanical parts are
located.

• Failure to observe this could result in injury.

7 When attaching a tray unit-LTW in the machine, ensure that "4.4", "5.6.2",
hands or body parts do not get between the tray unit-LTW "5.10.8",
and the machine. "5.10.9",
"6.14", "6.16",
• Hands or other body parts may get pinched or injured. "6.18", "7.13",
"7.15"
8 When attaching/removing a tray unit-LTW from a machine,
be sure to complete the entire process. Be sure to maintain
adequate work space when performing this work.

Tray units are automatically moved and this may strike


personnel and cause injury.

12 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1.3.4 Tray unit-LTW-2

3
4

1 5

30MEC-0820-a
2

WARNING Related
sections

1 A person could be seriously injured or even crushed to death


if caught between a tray unit-LT and machine.

• A person could be seriously injured or even crushed to


death if caught between a tray unit and machine.

2 Lock the caster brakes whenever a tray unit is removed from


the machine.

• Removed tray units may caused injury if they move and


bump into people.

CAUTION Related
sections

3 Be careful not to pinch body parts when opening or closing "5", "6"
tray unit doors or covers.

Hands or other body parts may get injured.

4 Do not leave the tray unit doors open while the unit is "5", "6"
unattended.

• Failure to do so could result in injury.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 13


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

CAUTION Related
sections

5 When attaching a tray unit to a machine, ensure that hands


or body parts do not get between the tray unit and the
machine.

• Hands or other body parts may get pinched or injured.

6 When attaching/removing a tray unit from a machine, be sure


to maintain adequate work space and complete the entire
process.

• Tray units are automatically moved and this may strike


personnel and cause injury.

14 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1.3.5 Tray unit-M

1
3
1 30SET-0229

WARNING Related
sections

1 Do not insert hands or other body parts in the space -


between the tray unit-M and the feeder pallet when
attaching or removing the tray unit-M.

• Body parts may get pinched or caught between the tray


unit-M and the feeder pallet, resulting in injury.

2 Use two or more people to lift, carry, or position the tray unit- -
M.

• The tray unit-M is extremely heavy and injury could result


if dropped.

3 Do not insert hands or other body parts in the side spaces -


between the machine and the tray unit-M during automatic
operation.

• Body parts may get pinched or caught, resulting in injury.

CAUTION Related
sections

4 Be careful not to pinch body parts in the tray unit-M door -


when opening and closing it. Do not leave the doors or
covers open while the tray unit-LT is unattended.

• Body parts may get pinched or caught, resulting in injury.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 15


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.4 Safety labels


To warn the operator of hazards, safety labels are attached to the machine at the positions
indicated in the illustrations below.

㹰㹫㹱

㹇㹌㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹋㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹗
*2 㹁㹭㹬㹢㹳㹡㹲㹭㹰ࠉ㹑㹧㹸㹣 㸿㹫㹮㹟㹡㹧㹲㹷
㸿㹕㹅ࠉ㹭㹰ࠉ㹋㹁㹋㸦㹫㹫ࠉ㸧

㹧㹬ࠉ㹃㹬㹡㹪㹭㹱㹳㹰㹣㸦㸿㸧
㸯㸲㸦㸰㸬㸯㸧 㸰㸮
Side 1 㸯㸰㸦㸱㸬㸱㸧
㸯㸮㸦㸳㸬㸱㸧
㸰㸳
㸲㸮
ࠉ㸶㸦㸶㸬㸲㸧 㸴㸮
㸴㸮㸭㸵㸳Υࠉ㹤㹧㹣㹪㹢ࠉ㹧㹬㹱㹲㹟㹪㹪㹣㹢
㹡㹭㹮㹮㹣㹰ࠉ㹡㹭㹬㹢㹳㹡㹲㹭㹰㹱ࠉ㹟㹰㹣ࠉ㹰㹣㹯㹳㹧㹰㹣㹢

Side 2

*1

30SYS-0869

16 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

*1

*1
30SYS-0870

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 17


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.4.1 Machine safety label explanations

Label Explanation
Mandatory action, Direction: Eye protection

• Direct exposure to the lighting unit may result in damage to the eyes.
Use light protection eyewear when necessary.

Caution, Warning: Shock danger

*1: High voltage! Contact may cause electric shock. Turn off the power
prior to servicing.

*2: Connect a 200 - 230V AC +/-10% 50/60Hz primary power supply to


the machine.

Caution, Warning: Cutting danger

• A waste tape cutter is positioned behind this frame. Exercise extreme


caution when performing maintenance.

Caution, Warning: Pinching danger

Pinching danger: Do not insert hands or other body parts into the
opening when the MFU is removed. Any inserted body parts may be
injured by the robot.

Caution, Warning: Beware of gaps

There is a danger of body parts getting caught.

Caution, Warning: Moving parts

Do not insert hands or other body parts. Moving parts may cause injury.
Turn off the power before inserting any body parts.

Caution, Warning: High temperature

Contacting the main body and shaft of the linear motor could result in
burns. They are extremely hot. Be careful of burns.

Caution: Magnetic fields

Heart pacemakers and other precision equipment could be affected by


the magnetic field. Always keep a distance of 400 mm or more.

Mandatory action, Direction: Eye protection

Wear eye protection such as protective glasses while performing this


procedure. There is a danger of foreign objects such as dust getting in
your eyes.

Prohibited: Do not touch

Do not touch the Y-axis linear scale.

18 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

Label Explanation
Prohibited: Do not insert body parts

Do not insert hands or other body parts into openings.

Warning: Do not step

Do not step or stand on covers.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 19


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.5 Important points


1.5.1 Safety rules related to handling the machine

CAUTION
Do not operate the machine with sensors removed or disabled.

• Removing or disabling sensors will disarm the interlock. This will


result in collisions and damage to the machine.

Always wear an antistatic wrist strap when working with circuit


boards.

• Failure to observe this may cause damage to electrical circuit


boards.
• Ensure that the wrist strap is connected to the earth bonding point.

Do not push or pull on the mark camera unit when moving the
placing head.

• The position of the mark camera may be shifted, which negatively


affects the placing accuracy of the machine.

Connect a 200 to 230 V AC +/-10%, 50/60 Hz power supply to the


machine primary power supply side.

• The machine may not function properly or be damaged if a power


supply other than that above is used.

20 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1.5.2 Disposal of linear motor magnets


Personnel who disassemble or discard linear motors, or operators who work nearby linear
motors, shall avoid working with any electrical devices such as watches, calculators, or
computers. They will not carry magnet storage mediums such as IC cards, magnetic cards,
mini discs, or floppy disks with them, or bring such objects close to the secondary side
(magnet). The magnetic field may affect those items and lead to operational problems and
breakage.

The disposal of the primary side (rotor) of a linear motor or servo amplifier is covered by the
following regulations when the object is located within Japan.

• Act on the Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources (also known as the


Law for the Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources)

• Waste Management and Public Cleansing Act (also known as the Waste
Management Act)

In addition, local regulations are given priority outside of Japan (overseas). Process
according to local regulations.

The secondary side (stator) of a linear motor uses powerful magnets to operate. When
dismantling a linear motor for disposal, there is a danger that fingers or other body parts
could become caught in the gap between the primary side (rotor) or secondary side (stator),
and injury may occur.

To prevent fingers or other body parts from getting pinched or caught, put a non-magnetic
material such as paper, wood, or resin between the gap when working so that the material
acts as cushioning.

The secondary side (stator) of a linear motor uses powerful magnets to operate. Thus, it is
necessary to follow the demagnetization procedure below for disposal. If disposal is done
by a third party, be sure to instruct them that demagnetization is necessary before disposal.

• Before removing the stator, be sure to turn off the machine.

• Before removing the stator, prepare a space with no magnetic materials in which
to put it.

• After removing the stator, cover it with non-magnetic material such as paper or
wood to a thickness of at least 20 mm.

• Do not disassemble the stator under any circumstances.

• Heat the stator to at least 330 degrees Celsius for at least 1 hour
(demagnetization processing). Upon cooling, the stator can be disposed as is.

The primary side (rotor) of a linear motor uses a heat pipe for cooling. The heat pipe
contains water. When heating the heat pipe, the water turns to vapor and there is a risk of
vapor explosion. Use wire cutters or the like disconnect the heat pipe before heating. If
disposal is done by a third party, be sure to instruct them to disconnect the heat pipe.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 21


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

1.6 The EMERGENCY STOP button


In the event of an emergency, push any of the red EMERGENCY STOP buttons to stop the
machine. Emergency stop buttons are located on the machine at the positions indicated in
the figure below.

30SYS-1110

22 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

1.7 Locking system


When performing maintenance or service on the machine, all personnel who service the
machine should use locks to prevent others from turning on the machine power or air. This
procedure is referred to as a lockout.

To prevent accidents, especially those caused by mistakes when multiple operators are
present, all related personnel should have thorough knowledge of lockout procedures.

1.7.1 Lockout procedure


Prepare two commercially available padlocks, and require all service personnel to carry
lockout name tags.

1. Switch off the machine power.

2. Turn the main switch to the OFF position.


OFF

01SYS-0630

3. Pull out the red lever and lock a padlock in the lever hole. All personnel working on the
machine should attach their lockout name tags to the padlock.
OFF

01SYS-0632

Note: The presence of a name tag on the padlock signals that the machine is being serviced and that
the lock is not to be removed.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 23


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

4. In the same manner, rotate the air valve handle to the OFF position and lock with a
padlock. All personnel working on the machine should attach their lockout name tags to
the padlock.

NXTSAF005

5. The lockout is complete.

1.7.2 Unlocking procedure


When finished servicing the machine, all personnel should remove their lockout name tags
from the padlocks. Once all name tags have been removed, perform the following
procedure to unlock the machine.

1. Confirm that all personnel are clear of the machine.

2. Confirm that the machine is in a safe condition. Remove the padlock from the air valve
and rotate the handle to the ON position.

NXTSAF007

24 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 1. Safety guidelines

3. Remove the padlock from the main switch and rotate it to the ON position.

ON

01SYS-0631

4. This concludes the unlocking procedure.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 25


1. Safety guidelines AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference

MEMO:

26 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2. Machine components and functions


The primary machine components and functions for the machine are identified and
explained in this chapter.

2.1 Machine components


Parts can be supplied from the front and back of the machine. The side that has the main
switch is side 1 and the other side is side 2.

Machine XY-Robot (Side1, Side2)


Placing Head (Side1, Side2) Nozzle
H01 Head Mechanical Chuck
H02 Head H02F Head
H08M Head H08MQ Head
H24 Head H24G Head
V12 Head
OF Head
DynaHead (DX)
Mark Camera (Side1, Side2) Panel Height Detection Function

Parts Camera (Side1, Side2) P04CL Parts Camera (Standard)


P05 Parts Camera

Sidelight Parts Camera


Conveyor Backup Pin
Single Conveyor Soft Backup Pin

Auto PCB Support

Nozzle Changer (Side1, Side2) Nozzle Station (Side1, Side2)


Auto tool station (DynaHead (DX)) H01/H02/H02F Head Nozzle Station
Parts Eject Box (Side1, Side2) H08M/H08MQ Head Nozzle Station
Operation Panel (Side1, Side2) H24/H24G Head Nozzle Station
Cover V12 Head Nozzle Station
OF Head Nozzle Station
DynaHead (DX) Nozzle Station

Part Supply Base MFU-65II Tape Feeder


(Side1, Side2)
Tray Unit-LTW Stick Feeder

Tray Unit-LTW2 Tray Unit-M

Reject Parts Conveyor


Waste Tape Processing Unit (Side1, Side2)
30MEC-0885-Ea
denotes optional unit.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 27


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2 Names and functions

2.2.1 Body components


The main components are the XY-robots, conveyors, device bases, and vision processing
cameras. Placing heads are attached on the XY-robots.

Main switch: Used to turn the power to the machine ON/OFF.

Reject Parts Box: Parts that are deemed not to be fit for placement are dumped in a reject
parts box.

The front door comes as the standard type, or the type which supports tray unit
specifications (optional). The tray unit specification type is required when using tray units.
The tray unit specification type is recommended when using a dip flux unit.

2
Side2
3

Side1

30MEC-0931

Option

3
4
30MEC-0977

28 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

No. Name

1 Main switch

2 Reject parts box

3 Front door

4 Front door (tray unit specification type)

2.2.2 XY robot
The XY robot is comprised of the X and Y axes, and head holder to hold a placing head, so
the XY robot can move in the X and Y directions. Modules with 2 robots are called twin robot
modules, while modules with 1 robot are called single robot modules. For single robot
modules, the XY robot is equipped on side 2 only.
Note: The illustration below shows twin robot modules.

2
1

Side2

2
1
Side1
30MEC-0884

No. Name

1 XY robot

2 Linear motor

3 Linear scale

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 29


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.3 Placing head


The placing head picks up parts from the part supply unit and places them on the panel.
Multiple head types are available to support the placement of different part types. These
heads can be easily exchanged between modules. Some heads have an optional backup
pin pickup or part recognition function unit.
Note:
• For details on the OF head, refer to the "OF Head Instruction Manual".
• For details on the DynaHead, refer to the "DynaHead (DX) Instruction Manual".

H01 head
One nozzle can be attached to the H01 head. This head can place mainly parts from 1608
(mm) to 74 x 74 mm parts with a height up to 25.4 mm. When this head is used, a
compatible nozzle station type must be used.

3
1

30MEC-0871

No. Name No. Name

1 Vacuum filter 2 Battery

3 Z-axis ball screw 4 Z-axis guide rail

30 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

H02/H02F heads
Up to two nozzles can be attached to H02/H02F heads. This head can place mainly parts
from 1608 (mm) to 74 x 74 mm parts with a height up to 25.4 mm. When this head is used,
a compatible nozzle station type must be used. H02F heads have marks on the bottom side
of the head.

5
1
6

2 01MEC-1351

No. Name No. Name

1 Vacuum filter 2 Battery

3 Z1-axis ball screw 4 Z2-axis ball screw

5 Q1-axis gear 6 Q2-axis gear

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 31


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H08M/H08MQ Heads
Up to eight nozzles can be attached to H08M/H08MQ heads. This head can place mainly
parts from 0603 (0201") to 45 x 45 mm parts with a height up to 13 mm. Use H08M/H08MQ
heads in modules that have a P05 parts camera attached in them. When this head is used,
a compatible nozzle station type must be used. When an H08M head has the parts
recognition function, it is called an H08MQ head.

㸺H08M㸼

6
2 㸺H08MQ㸼

3 7

9 10 01MEC-1354

No. Name No. Name

1 Z-axis guide shaft 2 Z-axis ball screw

3 Mechanical valve motor 4 Battery

5 Q-axis gears 6 R-axis gear

7 Mechanical valve 8 Vacuum filter

9 LCD display 10 Parts side camera

32 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

H24, H24G heads


Up to 24 nozzles can be attached to H24 and H24G heads. H24 heads can place mainly
parts from 03015 (mm) to 5 x 5 mm parts with a height up to 2 mm. H24G heads mainly
place 0201 mm parts (0.25 x 0.125 mm, 008004") to 5 x 5 mm parts with a height up to 2
mm. This head is also equipped with a camera for part side recognition. When this head is
used, a compatible nozzle station type must be used.

1
7
3
8

4
9

12 11 10 2

01MEC-1500

No. Name No. Name

1 Z-axis ball screw 2 Z-axis guide shaft

3 Mechanical valve motor 4 Parts side camera

5 Battery 6 R-axis gear

7 Q-axis gears 8 Mechanical valve

9 Vacuum filter 10 Prism

11 LEDs 12 Background plate

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 33


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

V12 head
This placing head has positions for up to twelve nozzles. This head can place mainly parts
from 0402 (mm) to 7.5 x 7.5 mm parts with a height up to 3 mm. This head also has a
camera for parts which can be used to determine the shape and direction of parts picked
up by the nozzles and also has a parts side recognition camera. The nozzle station for this
head is the same nozzle station as that used for the H12HS head.

1
8

9
2
10

3
11
4

5 01MEC-1356

No. Name No. Name


1 Z-axis guide shaft 7 R-axis gear
2 Z-axis ball screw 8 Q-axis gear
3 Stepping motor 9 Parts camera
4 LCD display 10 Mechanical valve
5 Parts side recognition 11 Vacuum filters
camera
6 Battery

34 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.4 Parts camera


The parts camera is comprised of the parts camera itself and a parts camera light. This
camera is used to recognize the shape and direction of parts being held on nozzles. The
following cameras are available: P04CL parts camera, P05 parts camera, and sidelight
parts camera.

7
2 3
1
4
4
4

5 5
5

6 6 6

30MEC-0872

No. Name No. Name

1 P04CL parts camera 2 P05 parts camera

3 Sidelight parts camera 4 Cover

5 Parts camera light 6 Parts camera

7 Sidelight

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 35


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.5 Mark camera


The mark camera is comprised of the mark camera and the mark camera lighting unit. The
mark camera is mounted on the XY robot and is used to read the marks on the panel
required by the machine for positioning.

2
30MEC-0873

No. Name No. Name

1 Mark camera 2 Mark camera light

2.2.6 Nozzle changer


A nozzle changer is used to hold a nozzle station in place and the nozzle station can be
easily exchanged. Nozzle changers are set in machines and the same nozzle changer is
used for all nozzle station types.

36 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.7 Nozzle station


Nozzles to be used by the placing head are set in the nozzle station. The machine can
automatically change to the appropriate nozzles in the nozzle station during production.
The appropriate nozzle station type to use depends on the placing head, and parts supply
unit being used. The station type brush unit is an option unit for cleaning the tips of nozzles.
Note: Examples of some of the available nozzle stations are shown above.

3 4

6 5
2

1
30MEC-0874-a

No. Name

1 Nozzle changer

2 Station type brush unit (option)

3 Nozzle station for H01, H02, H02F heads for modules with a
tray unit-LTW

4 Nozzle station for H08M heads

5 Nozzle station for V12 heads

6 Nozzle station for H24 and H24G heads

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 37


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.8 Panel conveyors


The conveyor is mounted in the machine and loads the panel from the previous machine
and unloads it to the next machine when the panel is completed. A hybrid calibration unit is
mounted on the conveyor.

There is one lane and the lane width is automatically adjusted to match the panels being
produced. There is a motor driven panel clamper.

6
4

1 5

3
1

30MEC-0962
2

No. Name No. Name

1 Conveyor belt 2 Z0 sensor

3 Hybrid station 4 Backup plate

5 Rail 1 6 Rail 2

38 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.9 Panel height detection function


This function improves the quality of produced panels by updating the part placement
height after measuring the amount of warpage in the panel. The panel height detection
function is an option.

2 1

30MEC-0969

No. Name No. Name

1 Mark camera 2 PH2 sensor

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 39


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.10 Device base


The device base section secures supply units such as MFU-65-2 and tray unit-LTW2.

3
1

4 *

5 *
3

30MEC-1054

No. Name No. Name

1 Waste tape duct 2 Connector

3 Feeder miss set detection 4 Air cylinder


sensor

5 Clamper

The waste tape processor finely cuts waste tape after parts have been picked up.

1
5 4

1 30MEC-0964

No. Name No. Name

1 Guide rail 2 Movable blade

3 Fixed blade 4 Air cylinder

5 Waste tape chute

40 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.11 MFU-65-2
The MFU-65-2 has a feeder pallet and a waste tape box. This unit can be attached to and
removed from the machine with feeders loaded, making batch changeover of feeders
possible.

Supply units such as Fuji intelligent feeders, single stick feeders and tray units can be
loaded onto this unit. 65 feeders (8 mm) can be loaded on this unit. It is possible to use a
bucket type reel holder (option).

This unit is also referred to as a "parts supply unit" in this manual.

2
1

30MEC-0883

No. Name No. Name

1 Feeder pallet 2 Feeder pallet cover

3 Connector 4 Waste tape box

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 41


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.12 Tray unit-LTW


The tray unit-LTW is used to supply parts on trays. It is also possible to not just supply trays,
but up to 27 feeders (8 mm with 7 inch reel holders) can be set on this unit.

Use the tray unit-LTW at the sides of machines that have the sliding door (option) in the
front door.

This unit is also referred to as a "parts supply unit" in this manual.

30MEC-0880

No. Name No. Name

1 Upper door 2 Lower door

3 Emergency stop button 4 Reject parts conveyor

5 Shuttle 6 Waste tape box

42 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.13 Tray unit-LTW-2


The tray unit-LTW2 is used to supply parts on trays. It is also possible to not just supply
trays, but up to 25 feeders (8 mm with 7 inch reel holders) can be set on this unit.

This unit is also referred to as a "parts supply unit" in this manual.

3 5

30MEC-0825

No. Name No. Name

1 Upper door 2 Emergency stop button

3 Lower door 4 Shuttle

5 Feeder pallet 6 Waste tape box

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 43


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.14 Tray unit-M


The tray unit-M is used to supply tray parts. The unit is loaded on the feeder pallet. It is
loaded in slot 30.

4
3

30MEC-0881

No. Name No. Name

1 Front door 2 Rack

3 Clamp lever 4 Communication connector

5 Shuttle conveyor

44 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 2. Machine components and functions

2.2.15 Reject parts conveyor


The reject parts conveyor is set on the feeder pallet and parts that are rejected based on
vision processing results are rejected to this unit if it is specified in the part data.

4
3

30MEC-0882

No. Name No. Name

1 Reject parts conveyor-M 2 Reject parts conveyor-L

3 Conveyor belt 4 Clamp lever

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 45


2. Machine components and functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

2.2.16 Control system

Operation panel
This is used to perform machine operation. The operation panel is equipped with the
buttons required for operating the machine. It is used to display instructions, the machine
condition, and vision processing images.

CPU box
The CPU box is located in the base and the control board is located in the CPU box.

Servo box
This box is located in the machine base and contains the servo amplifiers and control
boards used for controlling the X and Y axes of the module and the Z, R, and Q axes of the
head.

Control box
This is set in the machine base and has the electrical circuitry and boards necessary for
controlling the machine.

46 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3. Sensor positions
This section explains the position of the various sensors and actuators used by the machine
and the I/O listing.
Caution: Performing I/O output operations may damage the machine depending on the machine
status. Always consult a service engineer from either Fuji or a Fuji agent before performing
I/O output operations.

3.1 How to check I/Os


To check sensor I/Os (input and output signals), the [Equipment Check] software tool is
necessary. The screen below displays when [Equipment Check] is started. Select the
desired unit and check the I/Os.
Note: Refer to the "Equipment Check" section in the "Software tools" chapter of the System
Reference for details.

30SYS-0383E

The following diagrams show the sensors labeled with numbers. These numbers
correspond to the address related information in the table.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 47


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.2 Base sensors

5 2

4
30MEC-0970

No. Address Signal name

1 RX076 Air check

2 RX077 Parts vacuum OK

3 RX079 Base cooling fan OK

4 RX07E Side 1 waste tape box present

5 RX07F Side 2 waste tape box present

* The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Base - CPU] section of Equipment
Check.

48 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.3 Module sensors

5
7
3

3
4
6 1

30MEC-0971-a

No. Address Signal name

1 RX01A Side 1: Feeder incorrectly set detection

2 RX012 Side 1 reject parts box set check

3 RX05A Side 2: Feeder incorrectly set detection

4 RX052 Side 2 reject parts box set check

5 RX07A Module cooling fan OK

6 RX070 Side 1 - Front cover closed check

7 RX071 Side 2 - Front cover closed check

* The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Module - Remote] section of Equipment
Check.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 49


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.4 XY-robot sensors

Side2

Side1

1 Side1

2 Side2
30MEC-0428E

No. Address Signal name

1 RX010 Side 1: Head connection check

2 RX050 Side 2: Head connection check

* The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Module - Remote] section of Equipment
Check.

No. Address Signal name

3 RX011 Side 1: Y-axis linear motor temperature OK

4 RX051 Side 2: Y-axis linear motor temperature OK

5 TX006 Y-axis interlock check

*The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Module- CPU] section of Equipment
Check.

50 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.5 Placing head sensors

3.5.1 H01 head


4

5 6 *

11 *

8
7
9
10 3 *

2 *

NXTSEN003d

No. Address Signal name

1 X100 Pressure check sensor

2* X103 Pin unclamp check

3* X104 Pin clamper upper limit check

4 X110 Nozzle pickup check

5 X111 Vacuum break check

6* X112 Pin clamper lower limit check

7 Y100 Part pickup on

8 Y101 Vacuum break

9 Y102 Nozzle pickup on

10 Y103 Nozzle vacuum break

11* Y108 Clamper down command

*: For heads with the automatic backup pin function (option).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 51


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.5.2 H02/H02F heads


*
22

17
3 *
18
15
20 9

21 8
1 *
16

14 2 *

19
13 5
12
11 4
10 01MEC-0188a

No. Address Signal name


1* X100 Pin clamper upper limit check
2* X101 Pin unclamp check
3* X102 Pin clamper lower limit check
4 X103 Pressure check 2
5 X104 Pressure check 1
6 X110 Nozzle presence check 2
7 X111 Nozzle presence check sensor 1
8 X112 Vacuum break check 2
9 X113 Vacuum break check 1
10 X128-12F Device presence check 2
11 X130-137 Device presence check 1
12 Y100 Part pickup check 2
13 Y101 Nozzle cleaning 2
14 Y102 Nozzle cleaning 1
15 Y103 Vacuum break 1

52 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

No. Address Signal name


16 Y104 Part pickup 1
17 Y108 Nozzle pickup 1
18 Y109 Nozzle discard 1
19 Y10A Vacuum break 2
20 Y10C Nozzle discard 2
21 Y10D Nozzle pickup 2
22* Y10E Clamper down command

*: For heads with the automatic backup pin function (option).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 53


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.5.3 H08M/H08MQ heads


Note: The figures show an H08MQ head, but positions for items are the same for H08M heads.

11

10

12
4
2

6
7

14 8

9
15
13 5

1 16

9
5 01NST-2602

No. Address Signal name

1* X100 Pin clamper upper limit check

2* X101 Pin clamper lower limit check

3* X102 Pin unclamp check

4 X103 Nozzle lowering lever off check

5 X104 Nozzle presence sensor

6 X108 Upper transport height check sensor

7 X109 Lever returned check sensor (origin position)

8 X10A Lower transport height check sensor

54 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

No. Address Signal name

9 X10B IPS back raised check sensor

10 X10C Syringe returned check sensor

11 X110 Vacuum check (orange)

X111 Vacuum check (red)

12 * Y100 Clamper down command

13 Y101 Vacuum break

14 Y103 Nozzle cleaning

15 Y10C Lower transport height command

16** Y10D Lower IPS back command

*: For heads with the automatic backup pin function (option).

**: For H08MQ heads.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 55


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.5.4 V12 head

10

8 *

2 *

4
1 *

3 *
6

5 01MEC-0690

No. Address Signal Name


Number
1* X100 Pin clamper upper limit check
2* X101 Pin clamper lower limit check
3* X102 Pin unclamp check
4 X103 Nozzle lowering lever off check
5 X104 Nozzle presence check
6 X109 Lever returned check (origin)
7 X111 Part pickup check (red)
8* Y100 Clamper down
9 Y101 Vacuum break
10 Y103 Nozzle cleaning

*: For the optional automatic back-up pin function

56 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.5.5 H24/H24G heads


7

9
8

2 *

1 *
4

3 *

01MEC-1501

No. Address Signal name

1* X100 Pin clamper upper limit check

2* X101 Pin clamper lower limit check

3* X102 Pin unclamp check

4 X103 Nozzle lower lever off detection

5 X109 Changeover lever origin position sensor

6 X118-X121 Negative flow check

7* Y100 Clamper down command

8 Y101 Vacuum break

9 Y103 Nozzle cleaning

*: For heads with the automatic backup pin function (option).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 57


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.6 Nozzle changer sensors

3.6.1 Side 1

4
5

1
2
3
8

10
12
7

9
11

AIMSEN011

Number Address Signal name

1 RX000 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 raise limit 1 check

2 RX001 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 raise limit 2 check

3 RX002 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 lower limit check

4 RX003 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 table shutter closed check

5 RX004 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 table shutter open check

6 RX005 Side 1 nozzle changer 1 set check

7 RY000 Side 1 nozzle changer raise 1

8 RY001 Side 1 nozzle changer lower 1

9 RY002 Side 1 nozzle changer raise 2

10 RY003 Side 1 nozzle changer lower 2

11 RY004 Side 1 nozzle changer table shutter open

12 RY005 Side 1 nozzle changer table shutter closed

*The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Module - Remote] section of Equipment
Check.

58 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.6.2 Side 2

4
5

1
2
3
8

10
12
7

9
11

AIMSEN011

Number Address Signal name

1 RX050 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 raise limit 1 check

2 RX051 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 raise limit 2 check

3 RX052 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 lower limit check

4 RX053 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 table shutter closed check

5 RX054 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 table shutter open check

6 RX055 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 set check

7 RY050 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 raise 1

8 RY051 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 lower 1

9 RY052 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 raise 2

10 RY053 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 lower 2

11 RY054 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 table shutter open

12 RY055 Side 2 nozzle changer 1 table shutter closed

*The above I/Os are displayed in the [I/O monitor - Module - Remote] section of Equipment
Check.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 59


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.7 Device base sensors

4
8
3
5
7
1

6
30MEC-0965

3.7.1 Side 1

No. Address Signal name


1 RX016 Side 1 feeder pallet set check (L)
2 RX017 Side 1 feeder pallet check
3 RX018 Side 1 feeder pallet clamp check
4 RX019 Side 1 feeder pallet unclamp check
5 RY019 Side 1 feeder pallet unclamp
6 RY018 Side 1 feeder pallet clamp
7 RX01AA Side 1 feeder incorrectly set detection sensor (L)
8 RX01AB Side 1 feeder incorrectly set detection sensor (R)

3.7.2 Side 2

No. Address Signal name


1 RX056 Side 2 feeder pallet set check (L)
2 RX057 Side 2 feeder pallet check
3 RX058 Side 2 feeder pallet clamp check
4 RX059 Side 2 feeder pallet unclamp check
5 RY059 Side 2 feeder pallet unclamp
6 RY058 Side 2 feeder pallet clamp
7 RX05AA Side 2 feeder incorrectly set detection sensor (L)
8 RX05AB Side 2 feeder incorrectly set detection sensor (R)

60 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.8 Waste tape processing unit sensors

30MEC-0966

3.8.1 Side 1

No. Address Signal name

1 RX01C Side 1 tape cutter stroke end check

2 RX01D Side 1 tape cutter origin position check

3 RY020 Side 1 tape cutter tape cut

3.8.2 Side 2

No. Address Signal name

1 RX05C Side 2 tape cutter stroke end check

2 RX05D Side 2 tape cutter origin position check

3 RY060 Side 2 tape cutter tape cut

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 61


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.9 Conveyor sensors

4
2

1 4
5

7
3 5

1 30MEC-0972
6 10
3

No. Address Signal name

1 CX000 Lane 1 conveyor panel pass check 2

2 CX001 Lane 1 conveyor panel pass check 3

3 CX002 Lane 1 conveyor panel pass check 1

4 CX003 Lane 1 conveyor panel pass check 4

5 CX005 Lane 1 conveyor backup pin detection

6 CY000 Lane 1 panel check sensor remote tuning 2

7 CY001 Lane 1 panel check sensor remote tuning 3

8 CY003 Lane 1 panel check sensor remote tuning 1

9 CY004 Lane 1 panel check sensor remote tuning 4

*The above I/Os are displayed in the [Conveyor] section of Equipment Check.

No. Address Signal name

10 OPTOC1_IN Side 1 Z0 height sensor

62 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.10 Hybrid calibration unit sensors

5
2
Side2 Side1
6

3
30MEC-0967

No. Address Signal name

1 RX007 Side 1 hybrid calibration pickup check

2 RY006 Side 1 hybrid calibration pickup vacuum on

3 RY007 Side 1 hybrid calibration pickup vacuum off

4 RX047 Side 2 hybrid calibration pickup check

5 RY046 Side 2 hybrid calibration pickup vacuum on

6 RY047 Side 2 hybrid calibration pickup vacuum off

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 63


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.11 Panel height detection function sensor

1 2

30MEC-1051

No. Address Signal name

1 RY062 Side 2 panel height sensor zero shift

2 RY063 Side 2 panel height sensor light stop

64 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.12 Tray unit-LTW sensors

3.12.1 Safety door

4
2

30MEC-0444

No. Address Signal name

1 IN00 Emergency stop

2 IN06 Upper door closed check

3 IN07 Lower door closed check

No. Machine Signal name


address

4 X2E6 Upper magazine complete switch

X3E6 Upper magazine complete switch

5 X2E9 Lower magazine complete switch

X3E9 Lower magazine complete switch

Note: The addresses [X2E6] and [X2E9] are for connecting to machine side 1 and addresses
[X3E6] and [X3E9] are for connecting to machine side 2.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 65


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.12.2 Tray tower

5
6

3
2

7 9
8
4 9

1 10

30MEC-0445

Number Address Signal name

1 IN1F Lower magazine lock check

2 IN1E Upper magazine lock check

3 IN1C Upper magazine set check

4 IN1D Lower magazine set check

5 IN22 Upper magazine tray height check (L)

6 IN23 Upper magazine tray height check (R)

7 IN24 Lower magazine tray height check (L)

8 IN25 Lower magazine tray height check (R)

9 IN21 Pallet position check

10 IN20 Magazine interference check

66 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.12.3 Shuttle

7
4 6
3
5

No. Address Signal name

1 OUT20 Shuttle pallet clamp

2 IN10 Shuttle retracted check

3 IN12 Shuttle unclamp check

4 IN11 Shuttle clamp check

5 IN13 Shuttle tray height check (L)

6 IN14 Shuttle tray height check (M)

7 IN15 Shuttle tray height check (H)

8 IN04 Shuttle tray height monitoring (1.5 inch)

No. Machine Signal name


address

9 X2F0 Raised feeder detection

X3F0 Raised feeder detection

Note: The address [X2F0] is for connecting to machine side 1 and address [X3F0] is for
connecting to machine side 2.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 67


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.12.4 Reject parts conveyor

01MEC-0447

No. Address Signal name

1 IN02 1.5 inch support

2 IN03 NG parts full check

3 IN04 NG parts full check

4 IN05 Reject parts conveyor indexing count

68 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.13 Tray unit-LTW2 sensor

3.13.1 Safety door

1 4

30MEC-0973

No. Address Signal name

1 IN00 Emergency stop

2 IN06 Upper door closed check

3 IN07 Lower door closed check

No. Machine Signal name


address

4 X2E6 Upper magazine complete switch

X3E6 Upper magazine complete switch

5 X2E9 Lower magazine complete switch

X3E9 Lower magazine complete switch

Note: The addresses [X2E6] and [X2E9] are for connecting to machine side 1 and addresses
[X3E6] and [X3E9] are for connecting to machine side 2.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 69


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.13.2 Tray tower components

2
3
2

4 5

1
5
30MEC-0974

Number Address Signal name

1 IN14 Pallet position check

2 IN15 Upper magazine tray height check (L)

3 IN16 Upper magazine tray height check (R)

4 IN17 Lower magazine tray height check (L)

5 IN18 Lower magazine tray height check (R)

70 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

3.13.3 Shuttle

2 7 6
5
4
3

5
4 1
3 8

30MEC-0975

No. Address Signal name

1 OUT1D Shuttle pallet clamp

2 IN10 Shuttle retracted check

3 IN11 Shuttle tray height check (L)

4 IN12 Shuttle tray height check (M)

5 IN13 Shuttle tray height check (H)

6 IN19 Shuttle clamp check

7 IN1A Shuttle unclamp check

No. Machine Signal name


address

8 X2F0 Raised feeder detection

X3F0 Raised feeder detection

Note: The address [X2F0] is for connecting to machine side 1 and address [X3F0] is for
connecting to machine side 2.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 71


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3.14 Tray unit-M sensors

14
4
8

13

11
6
10
7
12

NXTMTU067a

Number Address Signal name

1 IN02 Tray presence check

2 IN03 Clutch on check

3 IN04 Clutch off check

72 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 3. Sensor positions

Number Address Signal name

4 IN05 Door closed check

5 IN06 Magazine door closed check

6 IN07 SUPPLY PARTS button input

7 IN10 COMPLETE button input

8 IN11 TZ-axis collision check

9 IN12 Tray stopper on check

10 IN13 CHANGE PARTS button input

11 IN14 Tray forward/back deceleration check

12 IN15 Tray stopped forward check

13 IN16 Tray back check

14 - Unit clamp check

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 73


3. Sensor positions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

MEMO:

74 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4. Basic operation
The instructions in this section explain how to perform relatively frequent actions. For
details on using the manual mode exchange command, refer to the "Using manual
commands" chapter in the System Reference manual.

4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads


This section explains how to remove and attach placing heads during maintenance or
changeover. When the head exchange command is performed for one side, it is possible
to also exchange the head on the other side.

4.1.1 Important points when performing work

CAUTION 50
Do not bring the placing head near the linear motor. The head
becomes unusable if these instructions are not followed. Also, the
head should always be in the exchange position when attaching or
removing the head.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 75


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

a. When removing or attaching heads, do so only following the procedures in the


manual. If the head is removed or attached under the following conditions, the power
to the head will be on during the procedure, and a 3A1F error will occur.
Caution: If this error occurs, this head can no longer be used. In this case, contact your Fuji
representative.

• CYCLE STOP was pushed to stop operation.

• The head was moved using the head positioning command.

• EMERGENCY STOP was pushed to cut the 200V power.

• Opening the front door

b. If removing and attaching the head is difficult only holding the head by the handle with
one hand, use the other hand to support the head from below. Do not strain yourself
by trying to carry the entire weight of the head in one hand, and be careful not to
strike the head against the machine.

01MEC-1223

76 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.1.2 Removing procedure

CAUTION 66
Open the door completely (move all the way up). Injury may occur
to body parts if the door is not completely opened (moved up). This
is due to the possibility that it might come back down and injure
any body parts in the way.

1. Push STOP and ensure that the machine is displaying the main screen on the operation
panel.

2. Press the [Manual] button. The manual command menu is displayed.

3. Select the [Exchange] command, then select the [Head] command.

30SYS-1051

4. The main screen for exchanging heads is displayed. Push START.

30SYS-1052

• This moves the head to the exchange position.

5. Press the button to remove the device unit.

30SYS-1053

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 77


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Gently remove the parts supply unit from the machine.

30SYS-0955

7. Open the front door.


Caution: Read CAUTION 66.

8. Disconnect the connectors from the head. Use the relevant procedure below based on
the head type.

• V12 heads: Remove connectors 1, 2 and 3 in that order.

• DX head: Refer to the DynaHead (DX) Instruction Manual.

• Other heads: Remove connectors 1 and 2.

30MEC-0432-b

Note: When removing placing heads from twin robot modules, the operator must reach over the
top of the XY robot to remove the connectors.
Caution: When using a head with the part side recognition function, there is a danger of the head
hitting the conveyor rail or nozzle station when it is removed or attached. When attaching
and removing a head, perform work while being careful to not strike it on anything.

78 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

9. While holding the knob up, raise up the harness duct. Return the knob back to its original
position to keep the harness duct in its position. The harness duct remains in the raised
position.

30MEC-0433

10.While holding the handle on the placing head, pull up the clamp lever until it locks in
position. Gently tilt the head forward and then remove from the holder.
Caution: The head may be difficult to remove from the holder due to vacuum remaining inside the
head. In this case, slide the head up slightly to break the vacuum and allow air to leak in.

30MEC-0434

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 79


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Note: After removal, always ensure to set the head in the optional head maintenance stand or
place the head down on its side in order to avoid damage to the nozzles.

42SYS-0186

11.After removing a placing head, if not attaching another placing head immediately, lower
the harness duct while there is no head attached. Refer to steps 2 and 3 of " 4.1.3
Attaching procedure " for details.

80 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.1.3 Attaching procedure


1. For the following placing heads, rotate the R-axis so that the arrow marks are aligned.

• Applicable heads: H08M, H08MQ, H24, H24G, V12


Note: The position of the arrow depends on the head.

01MEC-1182

2. Ensure that the attachment surfaces of the head and holder are clean. Use a dry cloth
to remove any foreign objects.

Placing head Head holder

30MEC-0435E

Note: When attaching placing heads from twin robot modules, the operator must reach over the
top of the XY robot.

3. While holding the head handle, insert the clamp joints into the grooves on the head
holder and then push the head into position. Lift up on the clamp lever lock to release
the lock and then lower the clamp lever.

Clamp lever

Press the head down firmly


against the head holder.
Head
Head
holder
30MEC-0436E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 81


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Raise the harness duct just a little and raise the knob, then lower the harness duct.
Return the knob back to its original position.

30MEC-1052

5. Connect the connectors to the head. Use the relevant procedure below based on the
head type.

• V12 heads: Attach connectors 3, 2 and 1 in that order.

• DX head: Refer to the DynaHead (DX) Instruction Manual.

• Other heads: Attach connectors 1 and 2.

30MEC-0437-b

82 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

6. If the handle for the head is a strap-type, ensure that the strap is flat against the head.
Interference or damage to the machine will occur if the strap is not flat against the head
when the head is attached.

Strap-type
handle

01SYS-0187E

7. Close the front door.

8. Set the parts supply unit in the machine.

9. Press the perform command button when the following pictogram displays on the
operation panel. The machine will draw the parts supply unit in and clamp it.

30SYS-1056

Note: The red frames in the pictogram indicate that the parts supply unit is not pushed in enough.
When the red frames in three locations switch off, the machine clamps the parts supply unit
automatically and there is not need to use buttons on the operation panel.

10.Check the unit version of the attached head. Display the manual command menu and
select [Information].

30SYS-1078

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 83


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

11.Check the version of the machine and the configuration against the compatibility table
in the version upgrade report to ensure that it is correct. If the version does not match
the machine version, upgrade the head version.
Note: Refer to "Chapter 6 Machine Accessories, 10. Upgrading the software for all units" in the
Accessory Software Operation Manual for more details on upgrading.

4.1.4 Setting nozzle jigs

CAUTION 32
When setting nozzles in the nozzle station, align the cutout on the
nozzle with the alignment pin in the nozzle station and make sure
that the pin goes into the cutout. If they are not aligned, nozzle
exchange errors occur.

Socket

Cutout Pin NXTNZC028-Ea

If a placing head with a different serial number from the previous head is attached, set
nozzle jigs in the nozzle station.

Prepare a nozzle station that is compatible with the placing head to be attached. Set the
same number of nozzle jigs in the nozzle station as there are holders on the head. Follow
the procedures below to set the nozzle jigs in the nozzle station.

1. Remove the current nozzle station from the module. Refer to " 4.3.1 Removing
procedure " for details.

2. Slide the plate for the new nozzle station (1) over as shown below and set the nozzle
jigs in the nozzle station sockets (2). It does not matter in which position the nozzle jigs
are set but it is essential that the same number of nozzle jigs is set in the station as there
are holders on the new head.

H24/H24G V12

Nozzle jig ID J34 J06


(2) (3)
H01/H02/H02F H08M

(1)

Nozzle jig ID J03 J23 30MEC-0894-a

Caution: Read CAUTION 32.

84 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

3. Set the nozzle station in the machine. Refer to " 4.3.2 Attaching procedure " for details.

4. Return the lever back to its original position.

5. Confirm that the nozzle station is fully seated on the nozzle changer.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 85


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.2 Removing/attaching MFU


This section explains the procedure for removing/attaching a MFU type parts supply unit to
the machine.

4.2.1 Important points when performing work

WARNING 2
When pushing an MFU into the machine, ensure that no one is
between the MFU and the machine. A person could be seriously
injured or crushed to death if caught between the unit and machine.

CAUTION 5
Stay off MFUs. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

CAUTION 6
When moving or exchanging MFUs, be careful to not get feet or
other body parts caught in the casters. Failure to observe this
could result in injury.

CAUTION 8
When attaching an MFU to the machine, ensure that hands or body
parts do not get between the MFU and the machine. Hands or other
body parts may get pinched or injured.

CAUTION 72
When attaching/removing an MFU to/from a machine, be sure to
complete the entire process. Be sure to maintain adequate work
space when performing this work. The MFU is automatically moved
and this may strike personnel and cause injury.

• Remove and attach the MFU type unit gently so as not to subject it to any
impact. Failure to observe this may cause machine damage.

86 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.2.2 Removing procedure


Caution: Close the front door before performing work.

1. Push STOP and ensure that the machine is displaying the main screen on the operation
panel.

2. Press the [Manual] button. The manual command menu is displayed.

3. Select the [Exchange] command, then select the [Device unit] command.

30SYS-1041

4. Guidance displays for removing the parts supply unit. Press the perform command
button.

30SYS-1042

5. Gently remove the parts supply unit from the module.

30MEC-0895

Caution: Read CAUTION 72.

6. Lock the casters to prevent the parts supply unit from moving accidentally.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 87


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.2.3 Attaching procedure


Caution: Close the front door before performing work.
Note: If attaching the MFU to the machine for the first time, it is necessary to adjust the height of
the MFU. There are cases in which the height does not match due to the condition of the
flooring such as when the position at which the MFU is attached is changed. Height
adjustment is necessary in these cases as well. (Refer to the "Installing" section in the setup
manual for details.)

1. Turn on the main switch so that the operation panel displays the main screen.

2. Position the parts supply unit in front of the machine.

3. Line up the two rollers with the guide rails on the base and push in until it sits atop the
slope.
Caution: Read WARNING 2.
Caution: Read CAUTION 8.
Caution: Read CAUTION 72.

Guide

Slope

Rollers
30MEC-0439-E

Note: Press the perform command button when the following pictogram displays on the operation
panel. The machine clamps the parts supply unit when it is fully inserted.

30SYS-1101

Note: The red frames in the pictogram indicate that the parts supply unit is not pushed in enough.
When the red frames in three locations switch off, the machine clamps the parts supply unit
automatically and there is no need to use buttons on the operation panel.

88 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4. Check the unit version of the attached parts supply unit. Display the manual command
menu and select [Information].

30SYS-1078

5. Check the version of the machine and the configuration against the compatibility table
in the version upgrade report to ensure that it is correct. If the version does not match
the machine version, upgrade the parts supply unit version.
Note: Refer to "Chapter 6 Machine Accessories, 10. Upgrading the software for all units" in the
Accessory Software Operation Manual for more details on upgrading.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 89


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations


This section explains how to remove and attach nozzle stations during maintenance or
changeover. Nozzle stations are easy to remove and switch between the different types. If
a different type of placing head is attached to a module, the old nozzle station must be
replaced with a nozzle station that is compatible with the new head type.

4.3.1 Removing procedure

CAUTION 66
Open the door completely (move all the way up). Injury may occur
to body parts if the door is not completely opened (moved up). This
is due to the possibility that it might come back down and injure
any body parts in the way.

1. Push STOP and ensure that the machine is displaying the main screen on the operation
panel.

2. Press the [Manual] button. The manual command menu is displayed.

3. Select the [Exchange] command, then select the [Nozzles] command.

30SYS-1045

4. The main screen for exchanging nozzles is displayed. Push START.

30SYS-1046

Note: Nozzles on the head are returned to the nozzle station.

90 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

5. Press the button to remove the device unit.

30SYS-1047

6. Gently remove the parts supply unit from the machine.

7. Open the front door.


Caution: Read CAUTION 66.

8. Pull the lever on the left of the nozzle station toward you and pull upward on the front
half of the station to remove it.

Nozzle station

(2)

(1)

Lever NXTNZC002Eb

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 91


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.3.2 Attaching procedure

CAUTION 33
Be careful to not put your hands underneath the nozzle station
when setting it in the machine.

1. Ensure that there are no objects or dust on the attaching surfaces of the new nozzle
station and the nozzle changer unit. Use a dry cloth to remove any foreign objects.

2. Move the lever towards the front of the machine and insert the rear part of the station
first and then push down on the front end of the station.

Nozzle station

(3)
(1)

Lever

(2)

NXTNZC003Ec

Note: Read CAUTION 33.

3. Return the lever back to its original position.

4. Confirm that the nozzle station is fully seated on the nozzle changer base.

5. If the two fiducial marks on the top of the nozzle station are dirty, clean them with a dry
cloth.

6. Close the front door.

7. Set the parts supply unit in the machine.

8. Press the perform command button when the following pictogram displays on the
operation panel. The machine will draw the parts supply unit in and clamp it.

30SYS-1050

Note: The red frames in the pictogram indicate that the parts supply unit is not pushed in enough.
When the red frames in three locations switch off, the machine clamps the parts supply unit
automatically and there is not need to use buttons on the operation panel.

92 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.4 Attaching/removing a tray unit-LTW

WARNING 7
Lock the caster brakes whenever a tray unit is removed from the
machine. Removed tray units may caused injury if they move and
bump into people.

CAUTION 31
Do not move tray units or attach/remove them from a machine
when trays are set in the unit. Parts may shift or jump out of their
trays if the unit is moved.

CAUTION 27
Be gentle when attaching or removing tray units to prevent any
impacts to the unit. Failure to observe this could result in machine
damage.

These instructions are for removing and attaching tray unit-LTWs to modules.
Note: When using a tray unit-LTW in a module, it is necessary to configure the module for the tray
unit-LTW. When changing the unit configuration to one for a tray unit-LTW, refer to " 8.1
Preparing to use a tray unit-LTW/LTW2 " for details.

4.4.1 Removing

CAUTION 73
When attaching/removing a tray unit from a machine, be sure to
complete the entire process. Be sure to maintain adequate work
space when performing this work. Tray units are automatically
moved and this may strike personnel and cause injury.

Caution: Close the front door before performing work.

1. Push STOP and ensure that the machine is displaying the main screen on the operation
panel.

2. Press the [Manual] button. The manual command menu is displayed.

3. Select the [Exchange] command, then select the [Device unit] command.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 93


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Guidance displays for removing the tray unit-LTW. Press the perform command button.

30SYS-1102

Caution: Read CAUTION 73.

5. Gently remove the tray unit-LTW from the machine.

30MEC-0898

6. Lock the casters to prevent the tray unit-LTW from moving accidentally.

94 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.4.2 Attaching

WARNING 11
When attaching a tray unit to a machine, ensure that no one is
between the tray unit and machine base. A person could be
seriously injured or crushed to death if caught between the unit and
machine.

CAUTION 28
When attaching a tray unit to a machine, ensure that hands or body
parts do not get between the tray unit and the machine. Hands or
other body parts may get pinched or injured.

If attaching the tray unit-LTW to the machine for the first time, it is necessary to adjust the
height of the unit. (Refer to the "Installing" section in the setup manual for details.)
Caution: When attaching the tray unit-LTW to side 2, check the position as shown in the image on
the operation panel. Setting the tray unit-LTW with the operation panel in the standard
position will damage the operation panel.

Side 2 30SYS-1104

Caution: When in the standard position, refer to " 4.4.3 Change the operation panel position " and
move the operation panel.

1. Turn on the main switch so that the operation panel displays the main screen.

2. Position the tray unit-LTW in front of the machine.

3. Align the tray unit-LTW rollers with the guides on the machine and then firmly push the
tray unit-LTW towards the machine until the stopper makes contact.

30MEC-0899

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 95


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Caution: Read WARNING 11.


Caution: Read CAUTION 28.

4. Press the perform command button when the following pictogram displays on the
operation panel. The machine clamps the tray unit-LTW.

Note: The red frames in the pictogram indicate that the tray unit is not pushed in enough. When
the red frames in three locations switch off, the machine clamps the tray unit automatically
and there is no need to use buttons on the operation panel.

5. Check the unit version of the attached tray unit-LTW. Display the manual command
menu and select [Information].

30SYS-1078

6. Check the version of the machine and the configuration against the compatibility table
in the version upgrade report to ensure that it is correct. If the version does not match
the machine version, then upgrade the tray unit-LTW version.
Note: Refer to "Chapter 6 Machine Accessories, 10. Upgrading the software for all units" in the
Accessory Software Operation Manual for more details on upgrading.

96 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.4.3 Change the operation panel position


Change the direction of the operation panel to be like that in the image before attaching a
tray unit-LTW or LTW2 to side 2.

Side 2
30SYS-1105

1. Turn the machine off at the main switch.

2. Open the front door.

3. Remove fixing bolt (1). And loosen the two other fixing bolts (2).

(2) (1)

30SYS-1106

4. Return the operation panel and secure with the bolts.

30SYS-1107

5. Close the front door.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 97


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.5 Removing/attaching a tray unit-LTW2

WARNING 7
Lock the caster brakes whenever a tray unit is removed from the
machine. Removed tray units may caused injury if they move and
bump into people.

CAUTION 31
Do not move tray units or attach/remove them from a machine
when trays are set in the unit. Parts may shift or jump out of their
trays if the unit is moved.

CAUTION 27
Be gentle when attaching or removing tray units to prevent any
impacts to the unit. Failure to observe this could result in machine
damage.

These instructions are for removing and attaching tray unit-LTW2 to modules.
Note: When using a tray unit-LTW2 in a module, it is necessary to configure the module for the
tray unit-LTW2. When changing the unit configuration to one for a tray unit-LTW2, refer to
" 8.1 Preparing to use a tray unit-LTW/LTW2 " for details.

4.5.1 Removing procedure

CAUTION 73
When attaching/removing a tray unit from a machine, be sure to
complete the entire process. Be sure to maintain adequate work
space when performing this work. Tray units are automatically
moved and this may strike personnel and cause injury.

Caution: Close the front door before performing work.

1. Push STOP and ensure that the machine is displaying the main screen on the operation
panel.

2. Press the [Manual] button. The manual command menu is displayed.

3. Select the [Exchange] command, then select the [Device unit] command.

98 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4. Guidance displays for removing the tray unit-LTW2. Press the perform command button.

30SYS-1102

Caution: Read CAUTION 73.

5. Gently remove the tray unit-LTW2 from the machine.

30MEC-0858

Note: Use the handle when removing the tray unit from the module.

6. Lock the casters to prevent the tray unit-LTW2 from moving accidentally.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 99


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.5.2 Attaching procedure

WARNING 11
When attaching a tray unit to a machine, ensure that no one is
between the tray unit and machine base. A person could be
seriously injured or crushed to death if caught between the unit and
machine.

CAUTION 28
When attaching a tray unit to a machine, ensure that hands or body
parts do not get between the tray unit and the machine. Hands or
other body parts may get pinched or injured.

If attaching the tray unit-LTW2 to the machine for the first time, it is necessary to adjust the
height of the unit. (Refer to the "Installing" section in the setup manual for details.)
Caution: When attaching the tray unit-LTW to side 2, check the position as shown in the image on
the operation panel. Setting the tray unit-LTW2 with the operation panel in the standard
position will damage the operation panel.

Side 2 30SYS-1104

Caution: When in the standard position, refer to " 4.5.3 Change the operation panel position " and
move the operation panel.

1. Turn on the main switch so that the operation panel displays the main screen.

2. Position the tray unit-LTW2 in front of the machine.

3. Align the tray unit-LTW2 rollers with the guides on the machine and then firmly push the
tray unit-LTW2 towards the machine until the stopper makes contact.

30MEC-0859

100 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

Note: Use the handle when attaching the tray unit to the module.
Caution: Read WARNING 11.
Caution: Read CAUTION 28.

4. Press the perform command button when the following pictogram displays on the
operation panel. The machine clamps the tray unit-LTW2.

30SYS-1103

Note: The red frames in the pictogram indicate that the tray unit is not pushed in enough. When
the red frames in three locations switch off, the machine clamps the tray unit automatically
and there is no need to use buttons on the operation panel.

5. Check the unit version of the attached tray unit-LTW2. Display the manual command
menu and select [Information].

30SYS-1078

6. Check the version of the machine and the configuration against the compatibility table
in the version upgrade report to ensure that it is correct. If the version does not match
the machine version, then upgrade the tray unit-LTW2 version.
Note: Refer to "Chapter 6 Machine Accessories, 10. Upgrading the software for all units" in the
Accessory Software Operation Manual for more details on upgrading.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 101


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.5.3 Change the operation panel position


Change the direction of the operation panel to be like that in the image before attaching a
tray unit-LTW or LTW2 to side 2.

Side 2
30SYS-1105

1. Turn the machine off at the main switch.

2. Open the front door.

3. Remove fixing bolt (1). And loosen the two other fixing bolts (2).

(2) (1)

30SYS-1106

4. Return the operation panel and secure with the bolts.

30SYS-1107

5. Close the front door.

102 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-M

CAUTION 31
Do not move tray units or attach/remove them from a machine
when trays are set in the unit. Parts may shift or jump out of their
trays if the unit is moved.

CAUTION 75
Using a PCU or MFU, even when indexing a feeder pallet tray unit-
M, ensure that the tray parts are not shocked. Parts may shift or
jump out of their trays if the unit is moved.

CAUTION 27
Be gentle when attaching or removing tray units to prevent any
impacts to the unit. Failure to observe this could result in machine
damage.

CAUTION 69
Do not attach or remove a tray unit-M to an MFU attached to a
machine.

These instructions are for removing and attaching a tray unit-M to modules.
Note: When using tray unit-M(s) on a module, it is necessary to use a dedicated waste tape duct.
If the dedicated waste tape duct is not attached in the module, then attach it. Refer to " 8.2
Preparing to use a tray unit-M " for details.

4.6.1 Removing

WARNING 6
Always have two or more people securely hold the left and right
handles when moving a tray unit-M. Injury and machine damage
may occur if the tray unit-M is dropped.

WARNING 4
Do not put hands or other body parts between a tray unit-M and
feeder pallet. Hands or other body parts may get pinched or injured.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 103


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

1. Open the front door on the tray unit-M and remove all of the trays from the unit.

30MEC-0902

2. Remove the MFU that has the tray unit-M attached to it from the machine. Refer to " 4.2
Removing/attaching MFU " for details.

3. Raise the clamp lever to unclamp the tray unit-M.

30MEC-0493

104 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

4. Have two or more people perform the following operation. Firmly grip the right and left
handles and horizontally pull the tray unit-M away from the feeder pallet on the MFU.
Set the removed tray unit-M in a stable, safe location where it will not fall or be knocked
over.

30MEC-0494

Caution: Read WARNING 6.


Caution: Read WARNING 4.

5. Attach the MFU to the machine.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 105


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4.6.2 Attaching

WARNING 6
Always have two or more people securely hold the left and right
handles when moving a tray unit-M. Injury and machine damage
may occur if the tray unit-M is dropped.

WARNING 4
Do not put hands or other body parts between a tray unit-M and
feeder pallet. Hands or other body parts may get pinched or injured.

CAUTION 25
Do not lean of the top or the side of a tray unit-M or otherwise
subject it to unnecessary loads. This may affect pickup and
placement accuracy and may also result in damage to the machine.

30MEC-0901

1. Open the front door on the tray unit-M and remove all of the trays from the unit.

Tray unit-M
Tray

Handles 30MEC-0252E

106 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 4. Basic operation

2. Remove the MFU from the machine. Refer to " 4.2 Removing/attaching MFU " for
details.

3. Performing the following operation by using two or more people, firmly grip the right and
left handles and pick up the unit in a level manner and position close to the MFU.
Caution: Read WARNING 6.

4. Place the tray unit-M into the slot on the feeder pallet.

a. Use the labels for the slot numbers on the feeder pallet as a reference and position
the guide for the tray unit-M in slot 30.

b. Before setting, secure the clamp lever in the unclamp position.

Guide

30
Feeder pallet
Clamp lever

30MEC-0487E

5. In this condition, horizontally push the tray unit-M forward on the feeder pallet. Firmly
push in the unit until the connectors between the tray unit-M and the feeder pallet are
together.
Caution: Read WARNING 4.

30MEC-0488

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 107


4. Basic operation MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Pull the clamp lever towards you to fix the tray unit-M on the feeder pallet of the MFU.

30MEC-0489

7. Attach the MFU with the tray unit-M attached to it to the machine. Refer to " 4.2
Removing/attaching MFU " for details.

30MEC-0900

8. Check the unit version of the attached tray unit-M. Display the manual command menu
and select [Information].

30SYS-1078

9. Check the version of the machine and the configuration against the compatibility table
in the version upgrade report to ensure that it is correct. If the version does not match
the machine version, then upgrade the tray unit-M version.
Note: Refer to "Chapter 6 Machine Accessories, 10. Upgrading the software for all units" in the
Accessory Software Operation Manual for more details on upgrading.

108 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Preventive maintenance
Note: The values shown in the illustrations are the values (Nm) for the torque to tighten bolts.
When attaching parts, use the specified torque to tighten the screws.

5.1 About preventative maintenance


Preventative maintenance involves such tasks as regular inspections, cleaning and
lubrication, and is indispensable for the purpose of avoiding machine errors, and ensuring
that the machine performs according to the design specifications. Please ensure to adhere
strictly to the following guidelines when performing preventative maintenance procedures.

• The preventive maintenance items noted here are mainly directed towards
maintenance staff. However, there are certain tasks whose responsibility lies with the
operators.

• This section lists only those maintenance items related to the machine itself. Refer to
the Fuji Intelligent Feeder Manual for details on feeder maintenance.

5.1.1 Maintenance frequency


Fuji recommends that preventative maintenance tasks be performed at 1 day (24 hrs), 1
week (160 hrs), 2 weeks (320 hrs), 1 month (700 hrs), 3 months (2,000 hrs), 6 months
(4,000 hrs), 1 year (8,000 hrs) and at 12,000 hour intervals. Furthermore, it is also
recommended that maintenance be performed periodically after long periods of continuous
operation, and at those times when experiencing production related problems on the
machine. Refer to "5.2 Maintenance checklist" for details. Also, the maintenance periods
listed in the manual are a guide. There may be cases in which maintenance periods are
shorter depending on the machine environment and the status of the machine.

5.1.2 Points of caution


a. Follow the prescribed procedures for performing preventative maintenance only after
stopping the machine. At all other times, perform maintenance after turning OFF the
machine power, disconnecting the air supply and releasing existing air from the air-
hose.

b. Do not direct compressed air inside the machine/modules when performing


maintenance. Scattered small chips or foreign objects may result in damage to the
machine during operation.

c. When working on a removed placing head, it should be set on a head maintenance


stand (option item) or placed on its side on a work stand.

d. Do not spray compressed air such as from an air gun into the vacuum inlet on the
rear of placing heads. This may damage the head internally and cause incorrect
operation.

Air pressure supply opening

Vacuum pressure supply opening


01MEC-0886E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 109


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

e. When storing nozzles after maintenance work, store them in an environment where
the humidity is 30% or less.

5.1.3 Required items


Note: The jigs below are options.

Jigs Used to clean the inside of nozzles


Nozzle cleaning drill AWPJ8100

0603 Nozzle cleaning jig AA4XY01

Jigs Fuji grease gun kit (AWPJ8201) Used to apply lubricant to grease
fittings

Jigs Parts camera cleaning kit Used to clean the parts camera
glass
Cleaning paper (A4565T)

Vacuum pickup tool (A21010)

Wiper (AA14X00)

Cleaner (K3018H)

NXTPCA012Eb

110 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Jigs Head maintenance stand (AA0AM**) Used to clean and lubricate the
placing head

NXTPHD027a

Jigs Filter cleaning basket (K1325C) Used to clean the head filters.

NXTPHD028

Jigs Syringe O-ring lubrication jig Used to lubricate the O-rings in the
(2SGKHJ0003**) syringes of the H04, H04S(F),
H08(Q), H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), V12
and H24(G) heads.

01MEC-1784

Jigs Head Cleaner (QK00C**) Used to clean the syringes on H04,


H04S(F), H08(Q), H08M(Q),
H12HS(Q), V12 and H24(G) heads.

01MEC-0523

Jigs Mechanical valve sliding resistance Used to inspect the mechanical


measuring head (AA6KN**) valve O-rings on H04, H04S(F),
H08(Q), H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), V12
and H24(G) heads.

01MEC-0567

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 111


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Jigs Mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool Used for exchanging the mechanical
(PM072M*, 2MGKHJ0005**) valve O-rings on the H04, H04S(F),
H08(Q), H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), V12
and H24(G) heads.
PM072M*: H04, H04S(F), H08(Q),
H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), and V12
heads.
01MEC-0
2MGKHJ0005**: H24(G) head.
Jigs Nozzle filter removal jig (PM0GLZ*) Used to remove the nozzle filter on
the H04, H04S(F), H08M(Q) heads.

02NST-0059

Jigs Jig for inserting nozzle filters (AB164**) Used to insert the nozzle filter on
H04, H04S(F), H08M(Q) heads.

02NST-0060

Jigs Filter installation jig for nozzles with Used to insert filters in nozzles on
rubber pads (2MGKNJ00050*) the H04, H04S(F) heads.

01MEC-1165

Jigs Single-side spanner (PB00EY*) For removing V12 head mechanical


valves

01NST-0882

Jigs Syringe (S61439) Used to lubricate syringes and


syringe gears on the V12 head.
This syringe can also be used for
lubricating other heads. When using
different types of grease, use a
01NST-0952a different syringe for each type of
grease.
Jigs Torque screwdriver (AA9ZT**) Used for removing mechanical
valves on the V12 head.
Jigs Torque screwdriver (2AGKHJ0013**) Used to attach H08M(Q) mechanical
valve pusher plates.
01NST-1097

112 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Jigs Mechanical valve lubrication Used for lubricating the mechanical


jig(2AGKHJ0299**) valve on the H04, H04S(F),
H08M(Q) and V12

01MEC-2017

Jigs Mechanical valve lubrication Used for lubricating the mechanical


jig(2AGKHJ0300**) valve on the H12HS(Q)

01MEC-2018

Jigs Mechanical valve lubrication jig Used for lubricating the mechanical
(2AGTHJ0066**) valve on the H24(G) head.

01NST-1827

Jigs Syringe O-ring batch lubrication jig Used for lubricating the O-rings in
(2AGTHJ0052**) syringes on the H24(G)

01MEC-2056

Tools Metric spanner set -


Metric Allen wrench set -
Flat head screwdriver -
Phillips screwdriver -
Torque wrench -
Feeler gauge t=0.08? t=0.10

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 113


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Lubric Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Fuji drawing number: K3031M (2.5
ants kg)
MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) Fuji drawing number: K3032K (30 g)
Mobilith SHC460WT (Mobil) Fuji drawing number: K3036W (380
g)
NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (Kyodo NS7 Fuji drawing number: K3035K
Yushi) (80 g), Multemp SRL Fuji drawing
number: K3031X (400 g)
Biral T&D (Sugai Chemical Industry) Fuji drawing number: H5116A
VG-EP No. 1 B970 (Wako Chemical) Fuji drawing number: K60192
Sumitec 353 (Sumico Lubricant) Fuji drawing number: K64431 (100
g)
Sumitec FG901 3g Smart Pen (Sumico Fuji drawing number: K68450
Lubricant)
Other Vacuum cleaner -
Cloth Ensure to use a soft, clean cloth.
Cotton swab -
Brush -
Vacuum tweezers For removing rejected parts
Industrial ethanol Used to clean nozzles
Ultrasonic cleaner Used to clean nozzle filters.
Neutral detergent Used to clean nozzle filters.
Tension meter For checking belts
Protective glasses Used for cleaning H04, H04SF),
H08(Q), H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), V12
head syringes.
Push-pull gauge Used to inspect the mechanical
valve O-rings on H04, H04S(F),
H08(Q), H08M(Q), H12HS(Q), V12
and H24(G) heads.
Acidic solution Lowered concentration of 3%
Degreaser (ThreeBond) Fuji drawing number: S61170, Used
to clean the hybrid calibration jig

114 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.1.4 Applying grease


There are several methods for applying grease such as applying grease to grease fittings,
using a brush, spraying from a can. The procedures to be used to apply grease depending
on the location are explained step-by-step later in this chapter. This section explains the two
typical grease application methods that are used.
Note: A Fuji grease gun is used for calculating the amount of grease to be applied. One shot from
the grease gun (1 pump) is approximately 0.6 cc. Use the number of shots as the
approximate amount when applying grease. Clean off any extra grease that comes out.

Typical lubrication methods


Applying grease to grease fittings
1. Wipe off any foreign matter from the ball screws and the guide rail with a clean cloth.

2. Use the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit to apply the required number of shots
to the grease fitting on the ball screws and the guide rail.

3. Wipe off any excess grease off from the ball screw and the guide rail with a clean cloth.

4. Manually move the unit to work in the grease on the ball screws/LM guides.

5. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth again.

Applying grease with a brush (or spray can)


1. Wipe off any foreign matter from the ball screws and the guide rail with a clean cloth.

2. Use the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit to apply the required number of shots
directly to a brush and then apply the grease to the applicable area on the unit. Spread
the grease evenly with the brush.

3. When spraying, directly spray the grease on the unit. When applying to locations in
which spattered grease cannot be wiped off, apply by spraying onto a clean cloth and
then wipe onto the unit.

4. Wipe off any excess grease from the unit with a clean cloth.

5. Manually move the unit to work in the grease on the ball screws/LM guides.

6. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth again.

Important points when lubricating


• Do not use a dirty cloth to remove grease when performing lubrication. Using a
dirty cloth may cause damage to parts. Be sure to use a clean cloth.

• Do not apply grease to areas other than those specified. Damage may result. If
grease gets on any unspecified areas, remove it with a clean cloth.

• Only use the specified grease. Damage may result.

• Before lubricating, remove any old grease by wiping items with a clean cloth.

• After lubricating, remove any excess grease by wiping items with a clean cloth.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 115


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

• Using respiratory protective equipment is not usually required. Use when


necessary.

• If it is possible that grease may get in or near the eyes, we recommend the use
of safety goggles.

• Wear oil-resistant gloves and long-sleeve work clothing when working with
grease for a long time or when having repeated contact.

5.1.5 Industrial ethanol


Use industrial ethanol to wipe away dust and dirt from machines and individual units.
Detailed cleaning procedures are given in the later sections for each machine part.

Cautions during usage


• Ensure that the room has adequate ventilation.

• When using cleaning equipment, it is recommended that a local exhaust


machine is used. Also, do not use a concentration of industrial ethanol higher
than 0.475 grams per cubic meter within the working environment.

• If it is possible that industrial ethanol may get in or near the eyes, we recommend
the use of safety goggles.

• Wear industry specific protective clothing.

• Wear the appropriate chemical resistant gloves.

116 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.2 Maintenance checklist


CLN: indicates cleaning LUB: indicates lubrication CHK: indicates check EXG: indicates
exchange.

The times listed in this chart are only recommendations. Actual work time may differ. The
time required for personnel to load and unload units is included in the work time required.

5.2.1 Maintenance performed by operators when the machine is


waiting to produce

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)
Weekly (160 hrs)
Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning)

CLN - - - - - -
Reject parts box Return parts *1 1

CLN - - - - - -
Waste tape box Clean waste tape box *2 1

Reject parts - - - - - - CLN


conveyor Return parts *3 0.1

Hybrid Clean marks and jig - - - - - - CLN


1
calibration unit parts
- - - - - - CLN
Tray unit-LTW Return parts *3 0.1

CLN - - - - - -
Clean waste tape box *2 1

CLN - - - - - -
Tray unit-LTW2 Clean waste tape box *2 1

*1: Every 24 hours

*2: Every 8 hours

*3: Performed when the box is full of parts

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 117


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.2.2 Maintenance performed by maintenance personnel

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

Nozzles Nozzles - - - - - - - CLN 10


*4
Filters (H08M, DynaHead - - - - - - - EXG 10
(DX) nozzles) *13

Nozzle station Nozzle station holders CLN - - - - - - - 1


Nozzle changer Up/down shafts - - - - - LUB - - 5
MFU-65 Feeder pallet CLN - - - - - - - 1
Connectors between feeder - - - - - - - CLN 10
pallet and base *5

MFU-65-2 Feeder pallet CLN - - - - - - - 1


Connectors between feeder - - - - - - - CLN 10
pallet and base *5

H01 head Vacuum filter - - CLN - - - - EXG 10


*6
Clamp pin exchange and - - EXG, - - - - - 5
nozzle pickup surface CLN
cleaning
flange filter - - CLN - - - - - 10
Q-axis gears - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z-axis guide rail - - - - - - LUB - 10
H02/H02F Vacuum filter - - CLN - - - - EXG 10
heads *6

Clamp pin exchange and - - EXG, - - - - - 5


nozzle pickup surface CLN
cleaning
flange filter - - CLN - - - - - 10
Q-axis gears - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z1-, Z2-axis ball screws - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z1-, Z2-axis guide rails - - - - - - LUB - 10

118 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

H08M/H08MQ Part side recognition section CLN - - - - - - - 5


heads (H08MQ head)
Syringe surface - LUB - - - - - - 20
Vacuum filter - - CLN - - EXG - - 20
Inside syringe - - CLN - - - - - 25
*14
Syringe outer surface and O- - - LUB - - - - - 10
rings inside syringes
Q-axis gears (lower syringe - - LUB - - - - - 10
side), syringe gears
Mechanical valve O-rings - - CHK - - - - - 10
- EXG 40
Arm rotation axis used to - - - - LUB - - - 5
drive the mechanical valve
Q-axis gear (upper motor - - - - LUB - - - 5
side)
R-axis gear - - - - LUB - - - 5
Z-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z-axis guide shaft - - - - - - LUB - 10
Cam follower for mechanical - - - - - - LUB - 10
valve motor

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 119


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

Mirrors in the prism box CLN - - - - - - - 2


Part side recognition section CLN - - - - - - - 1
Circumference of syringes - - LUB - - - - - 10
and O-ring inside syringe
Q-axis gear (lower, syringe - - LUB - - - - - 10
side), Syringe gears
Placing head vacuum filter - - CLN - - EXG - - 20
Inside of syringe - - CLN - - - - - 35
*18
Mechanical valve - - CHK - - - 15,
O-ring EXG 60
V12 head Arm rotation axis for moving - - - - LUB - - - 5
mechanical valves
Q-axis gear - - - - LUB - - - 5
(upper, motor side)
R-axis gear - - - - LUB - - - 5
Z-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z-axis guide shaft - - - - - - LUB - 10
Cam followers for moving - - - - - - LUB - 10
mechanical valves
Grooved cam grooves - - - - - - LUB - 5
Parts camera lens - - - - - - - CLN, (10)
*9

120 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

H24/H24G Part side recognition section CLN - - - - - - - 5


heads
Vacuum filter - - CLN - - EXG - - 25
Syringe outer surface and O- - - LUB - - - - - 15
rings inside syringes
Q-axis gears (lower syringe - - LUB - - - - - 10
side), syringe gears
Mechanical valve O-rings - - CHK - - - - - 30
- EXG 60
Inside syringe - - CLN - - - - - 60
*18
Arm rotation axis used to - - - - LUB - - - 5
drive the mechanical valve
Q-axis gear (upper motor - - - - - - LUB - 5
side)
R-axis gear - - - - - - LUB - 5
Z-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
Z-axis guide shaft - - - - - - LUB - 10
Cam follower for mechanical - - - - - - LUB - 10
valve motor
Conveyors Z0 sensor CLN - - - - - - - 1
Panel pass check sensor - - - - - CLN - - 5
CZ-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 15
Width adjusting ball screws - - - - - - LUB - 10
Belt tension - - - - - - CHK EXG 10
*7
Conveyor belt - - CHK - - - - CLN
*7
Soft backup pin - - - - - - - CLN
*8
CZ-axis belt tension - - - - - - - CHK
*9
Panel conveyance motor belt - - - - - - - CHK
tension *7

Width change motor belt - - - - - - - CHK


tension *10

XY robot Linear motor cooling fan filter - - - CLN - EXG - -


X-axis ball screw - - - - LUB - - - 5
X-axis guide rail - - - - LUB - - - 5
Y-axis guide rail - - - - LUB - - - 5
XY-axis flat cable - - - CHK - - - - 5
LUB 20

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 121


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

Mark camera Half mirror inside light unit - - - - - CLN - - 3


Parts camera Glass cover CLN - - - - - - - 1
Glass inside light unit CLN - - - - - - - 2
Lens - - - - - CLN - - 15
Waste tape Cutter - - - - - - - CLN 20
processing *11
section in the Duct - - - - - - - CLN 15
part supply base *12
unit
Guide rail - - - - - - LUB - 20
Main body Module internal components CLN - - - - - - - 2
Base section filter - - - - CLN - - - 30
Air regulator - - - - - CLN - - 15
Mist separator - - - - - - CLN - 15
Vacuum pump filter - - - - - - CLN - 15
Reject parts Conveyor belt - - CLN - - - - - 5
conveyor
Tray unit-LTW Slots, connectors CLN - - - - - - - 1
Conveyor belt - - CLN - - - - - 5
Shuttle belt - - CLN - - - - - 5
TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
Lifter gear - - - - - - LUB - 10
TZ1/TZ2-axis belt tension - - - - - - CHK - 10
TY-axis belt tension (shuttle) - - - - - - CHK - 10
TY-axis belt tension (moving - - - - - - CHK - 10
section)
Tray drawer bottom surface - - - - - - CHK - 1
sheet
- - - - - - EXG - 5
Device base connecting - - - - - - - CLN 5
connector *5

122 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Every 3 months (2,000 hrs)

Every 6 months (4,000 hrs)


Every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

Time required (minutes)


Irregular Maintenance
Daily (within 24 hrs)

Yearly (8,000 hrs)


Monthly (700 hrs)

Every 12,000 hrs


Maintenance items (CLN: Cleaning, LUB:
Lubrication, CHK: Check, EXG:
Exchange)

Tray unit-LTW2 Slots, connectors CLN - - - - - - - 1


Shuttle belt - - CLN - - - - - 5
TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screw - - - - - - LUB - 10
TZ1/TZ2-axis belt tension - - - - - - CHK - 10
TY-axis belt tension (shuttle) - - - - - - CHK - 10
TY-axis belt tension (moving - - - - - - CHK - 10
section)
Tray drawer bottom surface - - - - - - CHK - 1
sheet
- - - - - - EXG - 5
Device base connecting - - - - - - - CLN 5
connector *5

Tray unit-M Shuttle belt - - - - CLN - - - 5


Magazine belts - - - - CLN - - - 10
TY-axis clutch - - - - - - LUB - 10
Tray stopper pin - - - - - - LUB - -
Tray stopper pin movement - - - - - - LUB - -
shaft
TZ-axis belt tension (moving - - - - - - CHK - 10
section)
TZ-axis belt tension - - - - - - CHK - 10
(magazine up/down section)
TY-axis belt tension (clutch - - - - - - CHK - 10
section)
TY-axis belt tension (moving - - - - - - CHK - 10
section)
LCR check unit Cleaning the measuring CLN - - - - - - - 3
probe
Cleaning the guide pins - - CLN - - - - - 3
Lubricating the guide pins - - - LUB - - - - 5
Replacing the measuring - - - - - EXG - - 15
probe
Correcting the LCR meter - - CHK CHK - CHK - CHK 5
Checking LCR meter - - - - - CHK - CHK 10
accuracy

*4: Every 150,000 pickups or when a pickup error occurs

*5: When a clamp error occurs

*6: When a nozzle vacuum pressure error occurs or filters are extremely dirty

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 123


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

*7: When a conveyor error occurs

*8: When backup pins require cleaning

*9: When a panel clamp error occurs

*10: When a conveyor width change error occurs

*11: When tape cutter operation errors occur

*12: When a tape indexing error occurs

*13: Every 2 to 3 weeks or when pickup errors occur

*14: The listed times are for air cleaning work using a head cleaner. The following are work
times (minutes) for each head when using the Auto Head Cleaner (purchased separately).
These work times include inspection time for heads. For details on how to use Auto Head
Cleaner, refer to "Auto Head Cleaner Instruction Manual".

Cleaning method H08M V12 H24, H24G

Air cleaning 10 14 26

Oil cleaning 23 30 57

124 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.3 Daily maintenance (24 hrs or less)

5.3.1 Cleaning the reject parts box (every 8 hours)


Clean the inside of the waste tape box of the parts supply unit.
Caution: The scheduled period for this work is every 8 hours, but depending on production conditions
such as the number of feeders used, there are cases in which it is necessary to change this
period. Use a period that is appropriate for the production conditions.

1. Pull out the waste tape box.

30MEC-0903

2. Cut the cover tape hanging down from the feeders with scissors.

3. Remove all of the waste tape and cover tape from the waste tape box.

4. Return the waste tape box to its original position.


Note: A sensor is attached inside the base. If the waste tape box is not fully inserted back into
position, the waste tape processing unit does not operate.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 125


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.3.2 Cleaning the reject parts box (every 24 hours)


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Lift up the reject parts box and remove it.

3. Empty the reject parts box.


Caution: Be sure that the reject parts box is fully seated (placed completely back in position so it does
not stick up) when putting it back. If the reject parts box is not fully seated, it is possible that
items such as the head may strike it and be damaged and/or damage the reject parts box.

30MEC-0904

When there is an LCR check unit


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Lift up the lever (1) on the reject parts box and then lift up the reject parts box to remove
it.

3. Empty the reject parts box.

4. Return the reject parts box with the lever raised and then return the lever to its original
position.
Caution: Ensure the reject parts box is seated correctly and that the lever is in the correct position.
If the box is not inserted correctly, or if the lever is left in a raised position, the head may
collide with these items.

(1)

30NST-0217-a

126 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.4 Weekly maintenance (every 160 hrs)

5.4.1 Cleaning the nozzle station


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Remove the nozzle station. Refer to "4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations" for
details.

3. Slide the plate over and remove all nozzles.

4. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dirt or foreign matter from inside the nozzle
sockets.

5. Use a clean cloth or cotton swab to clean the fluorescent sticker.

Plate

Nozzle sockets NXTNZC005-Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 127


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.4.2 Cleaning the feeder pallet


1. Remove the MFU from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove foreign matter and dust from the feeder slots and pallet
connectors. If necessary, use a soft brush to carefully remove any remaining items.

3. Ensure to clean any foreign matter or dust from the part supply base roller grooves
before returning the feeder pallet to the machine.

Part supply base


Roller groove
Feeder connectors

Feeder pallet

Roller groove

Connectors
Slots

MFU65

30MEC-0464E

128 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.4.3 Cleaning the glass cover on the parts camera


1. Remove the supply unit from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

2. Set cleaning paper on the wiper of the parts camera cleaning kit. Use it to remove any
dirt or foreign matter from the glass cover.
Caution: Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the glass surface in order to avoid breaking
the glass.

Wiper

Cover glass surface

NXTPCA008Ea

Note: Refer to the illustration below for setting the cleaning paper on the wiper.

Cleaning paper 3

NXTPCA009E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 129


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.4.4 Cleaning the glass surface in the parts camera lighting unit
1. Remove the supply unit from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

2. Use the cleaner of the parts camera cleaning kit to remove any dirt or foreign objects
from the glass surface inside the unit. Use a vacuum pickup tool for large objects that
the cleaner could not remove.

3. Set cleaning paper on the wiper of the cleaning kit and wipe off any dirt or stains on the
glass.
Note: Refer to "5.4.3 Cleaning the glass cover on the parts camera" for how to set the cleaning
paper.

Cleaner

Wiper

Vacuum pickup tool Glass surface


NXTPCA010Ea

Caution: Use the brush nozzle with the cleaner. Do not use other types of nozzle, as they could
damage the glass.

Cleaner (K3018H)

Nozzle with brush

Small size nozzle


Standard size nozzle
(not used)
(not used)

NXTPCA0011E

130 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.4.5 Cleaning inside the module

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 131


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Procedure
1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

3. Remove the waste tape box.

4. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any foreign matter or dirt inside the module.

5. Use a dry cloth to carefully remove grease from areas other than those specified for
lubrication.

132 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.4.6 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW feeder slots and connectors


Use a vacuum cleaner to remove foreign matter and dust from the feeder slots and pallet
connectors. If necessary, use a soft brush to carefully remove any remaining items.

Connectors

Feeder slots
30MEC-0466E

5.4.7 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW-2 feeder slots and connectors


Use a vacuum cleaner to remove foreign matter and dust from the feeder slots and pallet
connectors. If necessary, use a soft brush to carefully remove any remaining items.

30MEC-0818

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 133


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.4.8 Cleaning the mirrors on the V12 head


It is necessary to use a cotton swab when cleaning the mirrors in the mirror box.

Mirrors

01NST-0863E

Procedure
1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the M3 x 4 screws and remove the mirror box lower cover.
Caution:When attaching the cover, use the same type and size of screws as those that were removed.
In addition, do not loosen the bolt above the cover that is indicated in the illustration below. If this
is loosened, the placing accuracy may be affected.
Note: When the cover is removed, parts which have dropped into the mirror box may fall out.

0.40Nm
01NST-0861-c

134 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

3. Use the cotton swab to clean the mirrors (3) in the mirror box.
Caution: Do not push hard on the mirrors.

Cotton swab

Mirror

Mirrors
01NST-0862E

Note: Use the cleaner (K3018H) from the parts camera cleaning kit to remove any foreign items.

4. Insert the tip of the cover in the mirror box slot and then secure the cover in place.

0.40 Nm

01NST-0886-c

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 135


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.4.9 Cleaning part side recognition section of heads with that


function

H08MQ, H24G, V12 heads


Clean cotton swabs are required for this work.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Use a cotton swab to remove any foreign items that have become attached to the prism
glass (1) or LEDs (2). For H24 and H24G heads, clean the background plate (3) in the
same way.
Note: Use a dry cotton swab to clean the background plate (do not apply water or any chemicals).

(1) (2) (2)


(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

30MEC-0888

136 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.4.10 Cleaning the Z0 sensor


1. Using a cotton swab, gently wipe any dust and foreign items off the top of the Z0 sensor
attached to the conveyor reference rail.
Caution: Be careful to not apply excessive force on the Z0 sensor.

30MEC-0906

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 137


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.4.11 Cleaning the LCR check unit measuring probes


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door.

2. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) next to the waste tape duct to "close" to shut
off the air supply.

(1)

30NST-0281

3. Insert an Allen wrench into the measurement section top cover opening and use the
Allen wrench to move the shutter (2) towards the movable terminal (3).

(3)

(2)

30NST-0256

4. Use a cotton swap soaked with an acidic detergent diluted to a concentration of 3% to


wipe away any foreign items from the surface of the measuring probe. Then lightly wipe
with a dry clean cloth or cotton swab.

30NST-0257

5. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) to "open" to supply air.

138 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.5 Maintenance every 2 weeks (320 hrs)

5.5.1 Lubricating the syringe, Q-axis gear (lower syringe side) and
O-rings on the V12 head

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

VG-EP No. 1 E970 (Wako Chemical) (1) Syringes 0.02

Biral T&D (2) Q-axis gear teeth 0.336


(Biral Lubricants Norway A/S)
(3) Syringe gear teeth 0.005

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (4) O-rings inside syringe -

Note: The listed lubrication amount for the syringe and syringe gear is the amount for one syringe.
It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the side cover from the head.

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1279a

3. Turn the R-axis, and move the syringe to be lubricated to the position shown in the
diagram below. Move the syringe up and down in this position.

4. Move the syringe up and down and if the upward movement of the syringe is not smooth,
apply Biral T&D to the syringe (1) using a clean cloth (or cotton swab). Then, confirm
that the movement of the syringe is smooth.

Syringe up and down movement position

01NST-0864Eb

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 139


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. Use a clean cloth (or cotton swab) to wipe clean the syringe (1). This includes removing
the Biral T&D applied in the previous step.

6. Apply 0.01 cc of VG-EP No. 1 E970 to a cotton swab or flat brush and apply this to the
upper section of the syringe (1) while holding up the spring.
Caution: When lubricating, lift up the spring. If it is pushed down, the spring may come off the holder.
Use a lubrication syringe when lubricating syringe 1 on the V12 head. Be sure to apply the
appropriate amount.

7. Lower the syringe and apply 0.01 cc of VG-EP No. 1 E970 to the lower part of syringe
(1).

8. Move the syringe (1) up and down to lubricate.

9. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth (or cotton swab).

10.Lubricate all of the syringes.

11.Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (2) and each syringe
gear (3) with a cotton swab.

12.Use a cotton swab soaked in Biral T&D, and apply it to the Q-axis gear (2) while turning
the gear by hand to lubricate the gear teeth.

13.Put some Biral T&D in a container and use the syringe to pick up a small amount of the
lubricant.

14.Use the syringe to apply 0.005 cc (about one drop) of the Biral T&D to each syringe gear
(3).

15.Move the syringe gears (3) up and down, and manually turn the Q-axis to work in the
lubricant.

Approx. 1 drop

01NST-0865Eb

140 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

16.Lubricate the O-ring in the syringes with MDV235-ZB grease by following the substeps
below.

a. Put the specified grease in the syringe O-ring lubrication jig and then insert the rod
for lubricating.

b. Remove the rod for lubricating the O-ring from the jig. Use a rod stamped with H08/
H12.

01MEC-1785

c. Wipe the excess grease off end of the rod with a clean cloth.

Wipe here Grease


Rod

Excess grease

01MEC-0013Ja

d. Insert the rod into the syringe. Use the groove as a guide for the depth. Once the rod
is inserted, lightly rotate it to apply the grease to the O-ring (4).
Note: Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from the top of the syringe.

Rod

Wipe here Excess grease

Syringe O-ring (4)

Groove

01NST-0866E

e. Put the rod back in the jig to apply more grease and then continue to lubricate the
other syringes on the head.

17. Attach the side cover from the head.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 141


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Cautions regarding the Syringe O-ring lubrication jig


1. Use a clean cloth to wipe off any excess grease around the holes where the rods are
inserted.

01MEC-1786

2. The head name is provided near the hole and on the rod. Make sure to insert the rod in
to the hole with the same name as the rod to be used when lubricating grease to the rod.

3. When there is grease inside the jig (jar), keep it away from direct sunlight and store it in
a cool place.

142 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.5.2 Lubricating the syringe edge on H08M/H08MQ heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Biral T&D (Sugai Chemical Syringe surface 0.002


Industry)

Note: The listed lubrication amount is the amount for one syringe. It is recommended to use the
syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount is required. Use the scale
markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Lower the syringe and remove any foreign matter from the syringe edge with a cotton
swab.

3. Apply 0.002 cc of Biral T&D to a clean cotton swab and then lightly apply it to the syringe
edge.

4. Lubricate all of the syringe edges this way.

01NST-1784

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 143


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6 Monthly maintenance (every 700 hrs)

5.6.1 Cleaning the reject parts conveyor unit


1. Remove the reject parts conveyor. Refer to "7.4 Replacing the reject parts unit" for
details.

2. Clean the surface of the conveyor belts with a dry, clean cloth.

Conveyor belt

AIMRPC002E

5.6.2 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW conveyor belts and shuttle belts
Clean the surfaces of the reject parts conveyor and shuttle belts with a dry, clean cloth.

Tray drawer shuttle belts

Reject parts conveyor belt

30MEC-0467E

144 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.6.3 Cleaning the tray unit-LTW-2 shuttle belts


Clean the surfaces of the shuttle belts with a dry, clean cloth.

30MEC-0817

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 145


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6.4 Cleaning the placing head vacuum filters

About the filter cleaning basket


Cleaning the filters is easier when using the special filter cleaning basket. The quantities of
filters that can be put in the basket are provided below.

• H08M, H08MQ, V12 head filters: Up to 40

• H01, H02, H02F head filters: Up to 20

NXTPHD028

H01 head
1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen and remove the filter cases and filters.

Filter case

Filter
Drawing number : XH0056*(Rev.2, 3)
: XH0094*(Rev.4)

Filter case
NXTPHD013d

3. Wash the filter cases and filters in neutral detergent solvent. Replace with a new one if
excessively dirty.
Note: Put the filter in the optional filter cleaning basket (K1325C). Clean them by soaking them in
neutral detergent in an ultrasonic cleaning machine for 5 minutes.

146 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

H02, H02F heads


1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen and remove the filter cases and filters.

Holder A Nozzle pick-up

Filter case
Filter
(Drawing number:
XH0094*)
Holder B Nozzle pick-up
Holder A Parts pick-up
Filter
Filter case (Drawing number: XH0094*)
Filter Filter case
(Drawing number:
XH0094*)
Holder B Parts pick-up
Filter
(Drawing number: XH0094*)
Filter case

01MEC-0462Ea

3. Wash the filter cases and filters in neutral detergent solvent. Replace with a new one if
excessively dirty.
Note: Put the filter in the optional filter cleaning basket (K1325C). Clean the filter in the basket by
soaking it in neutral detergent in an ultrasonic cleaning machine for 5 minutes.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 147


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H08M, H08MQ heads


1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Rotate the filter cover and remove the filter case.

Filter cover

Filter case
(filter inside)
DWG No.:AA19H**
01NST-1086E

3. Wash the filter cases with the filters in them in a neutral detergent solution. If the filter is
excessively dirty, remove it from the case and insert a new filter.
Note: Put the filter in the optional filter cleaning basket (K1325C) while still in the case. Clean the
filter in the basket by soaking it in neutral detergent in an ultrasonic cleaning machine for 5
minutes.

H24, H24G heads


1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Slide the aluminum lock-ring to the right and remove the filter cases (with filter inside).

Filter cover

Filter
DWG No.: 2MGTHA0679**

01MEC-1502-Ea

3. Wash the filter cases and filters in neutral detergent solvent. Replace with a new one if
excessively dirty.

148 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

V12 head
1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Slide the aluminum lock-ring to the right and remove the filter cases (with filter inside).

Filter cover

Filter case
(filter inside)
DWG No.:AA19H**

01NST-0872Eb

3. Wash the filter cases with the filters in them in a neutral detergent solution. If the filter is
excessively dirty, remove it from the case and insert a new filter.
Note: Put the filters while still in the case in the optional filter cleaning basket (K1325C). Clean
them by soaking them in neutral detergent in an ultrasonic cleaning machine for 5 minutes.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 149


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6.5 Placing head nozzle clamp pin replacement and nozzle pickup
surface cleaning

H01, H02, H02F heads


1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Pinch the nozzle clamp pin fixing tabs with needle nose pliers to make removal easy.

Nozzle clamp pin


Nozzle pickup
surface

Mark

NXTPHD038Ea

Caution: Do not touch the 4 marks on the nozzle pickup surface.

3. Remove the nozzle clamp pin.

Nozzle pickup surface

NXTPHD039E

Caution: Be careful not to damage the nozzle pickup surface.

4. There are two pins used to clamp the nozzle. Repeat these procedures to remove the
second pin.

5. Clean the nozzle pickup surface. Gently wipe with cleaning paper to remove items from
the surface.

150 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Nozzle pickup surfac

Mark

NXTPHD041Ea

Caution: Do not touch the 4 marks on the nozzle pickup surface.

6. Attach the new nozzle clamp pins. Use an item that matches the inside diameter of the
pin (1 to 2 mm) in order to be able to securely push in the pin into place.

Nozzle clamp pin


Drawing number: PH0

NXTPHD040E

Caution: Be careful to not damage the claws on the clamp pins.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 151


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6.6 Cleaning the placing head flange filter

H01, H02, H02F heads


Flange

Filter

NXTPHD105E

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the filter lock and then gently pull out the filter from the head.

Filter
H01: AA1FZ** Flange
H02/H02F: AA8BD**

NXTPHD116-Eb
Hook

3. Use an air gun to clean the filter.

152 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.6.7 Cleaning the placing head syringes

CAUTION 59
Wear protective goggles when performing this work. Items can be
blown into the eyes from the syringe when the vacuum valve is
lowered.

H08M/H08MQ/V12/H24/H24G heads
Caution:
• Do not use heads which the head cleaner does not support, as this may damage the heads.
• Perform cleaning according to the suggested time periods. If syringes are not periodically cleaned,
there are cases in which good production results cannot be obtained due a large accumulation of
dust.

The head cleaner (QK00C**) is required when cleaning syringes.

1. Connect an external air hose to the head cleaner to supply air.

01MEC-0523

2. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

3. Remove the side cover from the head. It is not necessary to remove the cover from V12,
H08M and H08MQ heads.

H24/H24G

0.69 Nm
30MEC-0907

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 153


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Ensure that there are no objects or dust on the attaching surfaces of the placing head
and the holder of the head cleaner. Use a dry cloth to remove any foreign objects.

Placing head clamp parts Parts where attached on holder

01MEC-0526E

5. While holding the head handle, insert the clamp joints into the grooves on the head
holder. Pull the lever on the head cleaner unit forward and down to secure the placing
head.

Placing head

Press the head down


firmly against the holder.
Placing head
Holder

01MEC-0527E

6. Place a cloth under the head. Alternatively, set a box covered with a cloth under the
head.
Caution: Use a box size that does not interfere with the head. Remove the box when attaching or
removing a head.

01MEC-0545a

154 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

7. Set the filters cases without filters in the head. Refer to "5.6.4 Cleaning the placing head
vacuum filters" for details.

8. Check the following items.

• The air pressure is between 0.4 MPa to 0.5 MPa.

• All of the filter cases are locked in place.

• All of the vacuum valves are in the upper position.


Note: The illustration below shows an H12HS head, but perform the same work for other heads.

Filter locked Filter unlocked

01MEC-0530E

9. Open the air valve to supply air to the head.

Valve closed Valve opened


01MEC-0528E

10.For the V12 head, rotate the R-axis to move the syringe to be cleaned to the position
shown in the diagram. Move the syringe up and down in this position.

<V12 head>

Syringe up and down


movement position

01MEC-0797E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 155


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

11.Lower only one of the vacuum valves to supply air to the syringe. While supplying air to
the syringe, move the syringe up and down until foreign matter stops coming out.
Caution: Clean only one syringe at a time because the effectiveness of the cleaning is reduced when
air is supplied to multiple syringes at the same time due to the air pressure dropping.
Caution: Read CAUTION 59.
Note: The illustration below shows an H12HS head, but perform the same work for other heads.

01MEC-0554

12.Replace filter cases with ones that have filters. Refer to "5.6.4 Cleaning the placing head
vacuum filters" for details.

13.Wipe off any foreign matter from the side of the syringe with a clean dry cloth. Lubricate
the syringes at the same time as cleaning them. Refer to the following sections for
details.

• "5.5.1 Lubricating the syringe, Q-axis gear (lower syringe side) and O-rings on
the V12 head"

• "5.6.8 Lubricating the syringes on placing heads"

14.When all the syringes have been cleaned, while holding the head handle, lift the lever
on the syringe cleaning unit and then remove the head from the unit.

156 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.6.8 Lubricating the syringes on placing heads

Cautions regarding the syringe O-ring lubrication jig


1. Use a clean cloth to wipe off any excess grease around the holes where the rods are
inserted.

01MEC-1786

2. The head name is provided near the hole and on the rod. Make sure to insert the rod in
to the hole with the same name as the rod to be used when lubricating grease to the rod.

3. When there is grease inside the jig (jar), keep it away from direct sunlight and store it in
a cool place.

H08M, H08MQ heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

VG-EP No. 1 B970 (Wako (1) Syringes 0.1


Chemical)

Biral T&D (Sugai Chemical (2) Q-axis gear (lower syringe side) 0.054
Industry)
(3) Syringe gear 0.022

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (4) O-rings inside syringe None

Note: The listed lubrication amount for the syringe and syringe gear is the amount for one syringe.
It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Move the syringe up and down and if the upward movement of the syringe is not smooth,
lower the syringe and only apply Biral T&D to the lowered part of the syringe (1) using a
clean cloth (or cotton swab). Then, confirm that the movement of the syringe is smooth.

3. Use a clean cloth (or cotton swab) to wipe clean the syringe (1). This includes removing
the Biral T&D applied in the previous step.

4. Apply 0.05 cc of VG-EP No. 1 B970 to a cotton swab or flat brush and apply this to the
upper section of the syringe (1) while holding up the spring.

5. Lower the syringe and apply 0.05 cc of VG-EP No. 1 B970 to the syringe (1).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 157


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Move the syringe (1) up and down to work in the grease.

(1)

(1)

01NST-1089

7. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

8. Lubricate all of the syringes.

9. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (2) and each syringe
gear (3) with a clean cloth.

10.Soak a clean cotton swab in Biral T&D and thinly apply it to the teeth of the Q-axis gear
(2).

11.Soak a clean cotton swab in Biral T&D and thinly apply it to the teeth of the syringe gear
(3).

12.Rotate the Q-axis gear (2) by hand to spread the grease evenly.

(3)
(2)

01NST-1090

158 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

13.Lubricate the O-ring in the syringes with MDV235-ZB grease by following the substeps
below.

a. Put the specified grease in the syringe O-ring lubrication jig and then insert the rod
for lubricating.

b. Remove the rod for lubricating the O-ring from the jig. Use a rod stamped with G04/
H08M.

01MEC-1785

c. Wipe the excess grease off end of the rod with a clean cloth.

Wipe here

Excess grease Rod

01MEC-0448E

d. Insert the rod into the syringe. Use the groove as a guide for the depth. Next, gently
rotate it to apply the grease to the O-ring (4).
Note: If grease gets on the syringe tip, remove it with a clean cloth.

Rod

Wipe here
Excess grease

Syringe (4) O-ring

Groove

01MEC-1273E

e. Put the rod back in the jig and apply more grease and then continue to lubricate the
other O-rings in the syringes.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 159


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H24, H24G heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Biral T&D (Sugai Chemical (1) Syringes 0.01


Industry)
(2) Q-axis gear (lower syringe side) 0.22

(3) Syringe gear 0.01

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (4) O-rings inside syringe -

Note: The listed lubrication amount for the syringe and syringe gear is the amount for one syringe.
It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to"4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the left and right covers.

0.69Nm

0.69Nm

01MEC-1503b

3. Move the syringe up and down and if the upward movement of the syringe is not smooth,
lower the syringe and only apply Biral T&D to the lowered part of the syringe (1) using a
clean cotton swab or brush. Then, confirm that the movement of the syringe is smooth.

4. Use a clean cloth (or cotton swab) to wipe clean the syringe (1). This includes removing
the Biral T&D applied in the previous step.

5. Apply 0.01 cc of Biral T&D to a cotton swab or flat brush and apply this to the upper
section of the syringe (1) while holding up the spring.

6. Lower the syringe and apply 0.01 cc of Biral T&D to the lower section of the syringe (1).

160 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

7. Move the syringe up and down to work in the grease.

(1)

(1)

01MEC-1504

8. Wipe off any excess grease with a cotton swab.

9. Lubricate all of the syringes.

10.Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (2) and each syringe
gear (3) with a clean cotton swab.

11.Soak a clean cotton swab in Biral T&D and thinly apply it to the teeth of the Q-axis gear
(2).

12.Soak a clean cotton swab in Biral T&D and thinly apply it to the teeth of the syringe gear
(3).

13.Rotate the Q-axis gear (2) by hand to spread the grease evenly.

(2)

(3)

01MEC-1505

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 161


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

14.Lubricate the O-ring in the syringes with MDV235-ZB grease by following the substeps
below.

a. Put the specified grease in the syringe O-ring lubrication jig and then insert the rod
for lubricating.

b. Remove the rod for lubricating the O-ring from the jig. Use a rod stamped with H24.

01MEC-1785

c. Wipe the excess grease off end of the rod with a clean cloth.

Wipe here
Grease
Rod
Excess grease

01MEC-1508-E

d. Insert the rod into the syringe. Use the groove as a guide for the depth. Next, gently
rotate it to apply the grease to the O-ring (4).
Note: If grease gets on the syringe tip, remove it with a clean cloth.

Wipe here Excess grease

(4)

01MEC-1509E

e. Put the rod back in the jig and apply more grease and then continue to lubricate the
other O-rings in the syringes.

162 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Lubricating using the H24 batch lubrication jig


This section explains how to lubricate using the H24 batch lubrication jig.

1. Remove the four outer bolts from the top plate.


Caution: Do not remove the four inner bolts.

2. Remove the top plate.

01MEC-1953-a

Note: Hold the attaching section of the top plate with your fingers as shown below when removing
the bolts.

3. Remove the inner plate, and then put grease in the case. The capacity of the case is
about 4.5 cc.

MDV235-ZB

01MEC-1955-a

4. Return the inner plate and top plate and secure with the bolts.

01MEC-1959-a

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 163


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. When lowering the cover at the upper limit to the lower limit, the required amount of
grease is applied to twenty-four pins.

01MEC-1957-a

6. Rotate the R-axis until the triangle marks on the holder and on the head are aligned.
Caution: Do not turn the R-axis while the Z-axis is lowered.

01MEC-2006

7. Collectively insert the pins into the head syringes.

01MEC-1960-a

164 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

8. Manually turn the Q axis. Grease is applied in the syringes.

01MEC-1961-a

9. Remove the jig.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 165


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6.9 Checking the placing head mechanical valve O-rings

H08M/H08MQ/V12/H24/H24G heads
Measure the up and down sliding resistance of the mechanical valve and decide whether
the O-rings are good or need to be replaced.

1. Attach the mechanical valve sliding resistance measuring head (AA6KN**) to a push-
pull gauge.
Note: Use a push-pull gauge that has a maximum load value of 10 N.

2. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

3. Set the measuring head on the mechanical valve and read the maximum value on the
push-pull gauge from moving the valve up and down.

4. Measure all of the mechanical valves. If any measurements fall out of the permissible
range, then exchange the O-rings for that mechanical valve. Refer to "5.10 12000-hour
maintenance" for the replacement procedure.

• H24, H24G permissible range: 0.3 to 2.0 N

• Permissible range for heads other than H24, H24G: 0.4 to 2.0 N
Note: The illustration below shows an H12HS head, but perform the same work for other heads.

0.4 N㨪2.0 N

Resistance measuring head

Mechanical valve Push-pull gauge

01MEC-0574E

166 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.6.10 Checking conveyor belts


Cleaning the conveyor belts
1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Visually check the belts on each rail by turning the hexagonal shaft at the conveyor.

4. When any dirt or foreign matter is attached on the panel conveyance surface, soak a
soft cloth with industrial ethanol and wipe away any dirt or foreign objects off the belt.

• Clean the entire length of the belt by turning the hexagonal shaft.

• If there are any problems with the belt, exchange the belt. Refer to "6.2
Replacing conveyor belts" for details.

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0908

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 167


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.6.11 Cleaning the LCR check unit guide pins


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door.

2. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) next to the waste tape duct to "close" to shut
off the air supply.

(1)

30NST-0281

3. Remove the top cover of the measurement section.

4. While moving the manual shutter (2) back and forth, use a clean cotton swab to wipe
away any foreign items from the guide pins (3).

(3) (2)

(3)

30NST-0258

5. Attach the top cover of the measurement section. (Tightening torque: 0.19 Nm)

6. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) to "open" to supply air.

7. Return the machine back to its original condition.

8. Perform [LCR meter correction]. Refer to "5.11.17 Correcting the LCR meter" for details.

168 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.7 3 month maintenance (every 2000 hrs)

5.7.1 Cleaning the linear motor cooling fan filter

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 169


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Procedure
1. Use the head positioning command in manual mode to move the XY robots towards the
door of each side.

2. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

3. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

4. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

5. Lift up the cooling fan filter for the Y-axis linear motor and remove it.

6. Use compressed air to clean the filter. If the filter is very dirty, replace it with a new filter.

7. Insert the filter between the cooling fan and stud bolt. When doing this, insert the bolts
for the cooling fan in the filter holes and the stud bolt in the cutout in the center of the
filter.

170 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

8. Attach the parts supply unit to the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

Cutout section

Fan

Stud bolt

Filter

30MEC-0471E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 171


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.7.2 Checking and lubricating the grease on XY-robot flat cables

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

Check the amount of grease on the Y-axis flat cable and apply grease if there is none. If
grease is present on the flat cable, it is not necessary to apply any.

172 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Procedure
1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

4. Check the amount of grease on the flat cable by touching it with your finger between the
cable carrier covers.
Note: While moving the Y-axis, check the amount of grease along the entire cable carrier except
the area near the securing bracket for the flat cable.

a. If grease rubs off onto your finger, there is no need to lubricate. Attach the parts
supply unit the machine and the procedure is completed.

b. If no grease rubs off on your finger at any area of the cable, use the following
procedure to apply grease.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 173


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Cover

Check location

30MEC-0468E

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Sumitec 353 (Sumico Lubricant) Y-axis flat cable 3.2

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease. The lubrication amount shown in the table is
the amount for one XY robot.

5. Use a flathead screwdriver to remove all the covers on the inside of the Y-axis cable
bear.

a. Insert the tip of the screwdriver into each of the holes on either side of the cover in
order to lift the cover up.

b. Remove the cover by hand.

c. Remove all the covers using the above method.

30MEC-0469

174 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

6. Remove any foreign matter from the flat cable with a clean cloth.

7. Apply the specified amount of grease to the entire Y-axis flat cables with a brush.
Caution: Do not apply grease to the flat cables within the area up to 50 mm from the fixing brackets.

Cable bear

Cable

Bracket 30MEC-0474E

8. Attach all the covers to the Y-axis cable bear by hand.

9. After lubricating, check that no grease has spilled onto the top of the parts camera,
nozzle station, conveyor, Y-axis linear scale, the top of the coplanarity sensor (option)
or the coplanarity sensor linear scale. If grease has spilled onto any of these areas, wipe
it off using a lint free clean dry cloth.

• If grease is on the linear scale, an error may occur when the Y-axis moves.

• Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the units to avoid causing any
damage.

10.Attach the parts supply unit to the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 175


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.7.3 Lubricating the LCR check unit guide pins

Required grease Application location

Sumitec FG901 (Sumico Lubricant) Guide pins

1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door.

2. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) next to the waste tape duct to "close" to shut
off the air supply.

(1)

30NST-0281

3. Remove the top cover of the measurement section.

4. While moving the manual shutter (2) back and forth, use a clean cotton swab to wipe
away any foreign items from the guide pins (3).

(3) (2)

(3)

30NST-0258

176 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Apply lubricant (Sumitec FG901) to the brush tip of the smart pen.

• Turn the dial (a) of the smart pen counterclockwise for one revolution. Roughly
0.05 g of lubricant will be extruded to the brush tip (b).

• Do not turn the smart pen dial the other way. This may damage the smart pen.

• Apply the lubricant to the entire brush as an application test.

• Store in a cool place away from direct sunlight.

(a)

(b)

30NST-0254

6. Use the smart pen to apply the lubricant evenly to the guide pins.

7. Move the shutter back and forth to spread the lubricant.

8. Wipe any excess lubricant away with a clean cotton swab.


Note: Sliding resistance occurs when the lubricant shows up clearly as white. Wipe with a clean
cotton swab.

9. Attach the top cover of the measurement section. (Tightening torque: 0.19 Nm)

10.Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) to "open" to supply air.

11.Return the machine back to its original condition.

12.Perform [LCR meter correction]. Refer to "5.11.17 Correcting the LCR meter" for details.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 177


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.8 6-monthly maintenance (every 4000 hrs)

5.8.1 Lubricating the arm rotation axis used to drive the mechanical
valve

H08M/H08MQ/V12 heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Arm rotation axis 0.002

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Use a cotton swab to remove foreign matter from the arm rotation axis.

3. Use a cotton swab to apply 0.002 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the arm rotation axis.
Note: The illustration below shows an H12HS head, but perform the same work for other heads.

Arm

01MEC-0536E

4. Turn the arm rotation axis several times to spread the lubricant.

5. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cotton swab.

178 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

H24, H24G heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Arm rotation axis 0.002

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the left cover.

0.69 Nm
01MEC-1511a

3. Use a cotton swab to remove foreign matter from the arm rotation axis.

4. Use a cotton swab to apply 0.002 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the arm rotation axis.

01MEC-1512

5. Turn the arm rotation axis several times to spread the lubricant.

6. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cotton swab.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 179


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.8.2 Lubricating the Q-axis gear and R-axis gear on the placing
head

H08M, H08MQ heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Mobilith SHC460WT (Mobil) (1) Q-axis gear (upper motor side) 0.206

(2) R-axis gear 0.257

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the top cover.

3. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear
(2) with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 0.206 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Q-axis gear teeth (1).

6. Apply 0.257 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

7. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the R-axis gear teeth (2).

8. Rotate the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear (2) by hand to lubricate the gear teeth
evenly.

9. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

10.Attach the top cover.

0.69 Nm
Cover

(1)

(2)

01NST-1094-Ea

180 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

H24, H24G heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Mobilith SHC460WT (1) Q-axis gear (upper motor side) 0.12


(Mobil)
(2) R-axis gear 0.06

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to"4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear
(2) with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 0.12 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Q-axis gear teeth (1).

6. Apply 0.06 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

7. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the R-axis gear teeth (2).

8. Rotate the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear (2) by hand to lubricate the gear teeth
evenly.

9. Wipe the excess grease off with a clean cloth.

0.69 Nm 1

01MEC-1513a

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 181


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

V12 head

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Mobilith SHC460WT (Mobil) (1) Q-axis gear (upper, motor side) 0.138

(2) R-axis gear 0.224

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the side cover from the head.

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1279a

3. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear
(2) with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 0.138 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Q-axis gear teeth (1) .

6. Apply 0.224 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

7. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the R-axis gear teeth (2).

8. Rotate the Q-axis gear (1) and the R-axis gear (2) by hand to lubricate the gear teeth
evenly.

9. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

10.Attach the side cover on the head.

01NST-0884b

182 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.8.3 Lubricating the XY robot

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 183


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Procedure

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (1) X-axis ballscrew 0.65


(Kyodo Yushi)
(2) X-axis guide rail 1.0

(3) Y-axis guide rail (long type) 2.4

(4) Y-axis guide rail (short type) 2.0

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease. The lubrication amount shown in the table is
the amount for one ball screw and one guide block.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

184 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

3. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

2
3
1

Linear scale
2 *Important point
regarding grease

30MEC-0470Ea

Lubricating the X axis


1. Wipe off any foreign matter from the X-axis ball screw with a clean cloth.

2. Clean the X-axis guide rails in the same way.

3. Use the grease gun to apply 0.65 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to the grease fitting of the
X-axis ball screw.
Caution: Be careful not to get grease on the linear scale. If grease gets on the linear scale, wipe it
off using a lint free clean dry cloth.

4. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

5. Use the grease gun to apply 1.0 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to each grease fitting (2) of
the X-axis guide blocks.

6. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

7. Move the X-axis unit back and forth in a full stroke 10 times by hand to spread the
grease.
Caution: Read CAUTION 10.

8. Wipe off any excess grease from the ball screw and guide rails with a clean cloth again.

Lubricating the Y axis


1. Clean the Y-axis guide rails with a clean cloth.

2. Use the grease gun to apply 2.4 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to each grease fitting (3) of
the Y-axis guide blocks.

3. Use the grease gun to apply 2.0 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to the grease fitting (4) of
the Y-axis guide blocks.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 185


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

5. Move the Y-axis unit back and forth in a full stroke 10 times by hand to spread the
grease.
Caution: Read CAUTION 10.

6. Wipe off any excess grease from the guide rails with a clean cloth again.

7. After lubricating, check that no grease has spilled onto the top of the parts camera,
nozzle station, conveyor, Y-axis linear scale, the top of the coplanarity sensor (option)
or the coplanarity sensor linear scale. If grease has spilled onto any of these areas, wipe
it off using a lint free clean dry cloth.

• If grease is on the linear scale, an error may occur when the Y-axis moves.

• Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the units to avoid causing any
damage.

8. Attach the parts supply unit to the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

186 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.8.4 Lubricating XY-robot flat cables

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 187


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Procedure

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Sumitec 353 (Sumico Lubricant) (1) X-axis flat cable 3.0

(2) Y-axis flat cable 9.2

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease. The lubrication amount shown in the table is
the amount for one XY robot.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

4. Remove all the covers on the inside of the X-axis cable bear.

5. Remove any foreign matter from the X-axis flat cable with a clean cloth.

188 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

6. Apply the specified amount of grease to the X-axis flat cable (1) with a brush.
Caution: Do not apply grease to the flat cables within the area up to 50 mm from the fixing brackets.

Bracket

Cable bear

(1)

Cable

30MEC-0472E

7. Attach all the covers to the X-axis cable bear by hand.

8. Use a flathead screwdriver to remove all the covers on the inside of the Y-axis cable
bear.

a. Insert the tip of the screwdriver into each of the holes on either side of the cover in
order to lift the cover up.

b. Remove the cover by hand.

c. Remove all the covers using the above method.

30MEC-0469

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 189


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9. Remove any foreign matter from the Y-axis flat cable with a clean cloth.

10.Apply the specified amount of grease to the Y-axis flat cable (2) with a brush.
Caution: Do not apply grease to the flat cables within the area up to 50 mm from the fixing brackets.

Cable bear

(2)

Cable
Bracket 30MEC-0473E

11.Attach all the covers to the Y-axis cable bear by hand.

12.After lubricating, check that no grease has spilled onto the top of the parts camera,
nozzle station, conveyor, Y-axis linear scale, the top of the coplanarity sensor (option)
or the coplanarity sensor linear scale. If grease has spilled onto any of these areas, wipe
it off using a lint free clean dry cloth.

• If grease is on the linear scale, an error may occur when the Y-axis moves.

• Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the units to avoid causing any
damage.

13.Attach the parts supply unit to the machine. Refer to"4. Basic operation" for details.

190 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.8.5 Cleaning the tray unit-M


1. Remove the tray unit-M from the machine Refer to "4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-
M" for details.

2. Clean the surfaces of the shuttle and magazine belts with a dry, clean cloth.

Magazine belt Shuttle belt

NXTMTU073E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 191


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.9 Yearly maintenance (every 8000 hrs)

5.9.1 Cleaning the air regulator


1. Turn off the main switch.

2. Remove the main switch section cover.

3. Turn the air regulator lever (1) to stop the outside air supply.

4. Remove the air hose (2) and then slowly return the lever on the air regulator back to its
original position. This releases the air in the machine.

5. While pushing down on the lock knob (3), turn the filter case (4) and remove.

6. Clean the filter case using a neutral detergent.

7. Clean the filter element (drawing number: H3028C) (5) using a high-pressure air-gun, or
replace if excessively dirty.

(1)

(5)
(2)

(3)

(4)

30MEC-0909-a

8. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

192 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.9.2 Cleaning the half mirror of the mark camera lighting unit
1. Remove the supply unit from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

2. Place cleaning paper (A4565T) or a lens-cleaning cloth over a cotton swab and wipe the
half mirror of the mark camera lighting unit.

Half mirror Mark camera

Cleaning paper (A4565T)

01MEC-0025Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 193


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.9.3 Cleaning the parts camera lens

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

194 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name
1 Linear motor
2 Linear scale
3 Mark camera wiring bracket
4 XY-axis moving handle
5 Y-slide
6 X-slide

P04CL parts camera


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to"4. Basic
operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch.


Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Disconnect the lighting unit harness connector.

30MEC-1099

4. Confirm that the warning lamp (1) is off.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 195


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. Loosen and remove the four screws securing the cover with a screwdriver, and then
remove the cover.

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1410a

6. Loosen the four stud bolts with a wrench and carefully remove the lighting unit.
Caution: Be careful not to touch any of the four lenses (2) at the bottom of the lighting unit when
performing work.

3.92 Nm

01MEC-1411a

7. Use cleaning paper (A4565T) to remove any foreign items and to clean the lens.

Lens

01MEC-0967E

Caution: Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the lens in order to avoid damaging it.

196 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

8. Use a clean cotton swab to remove any foreign items and to clean the lenses (four
locations) at the bottom of the lighting unit.

01MEC-1568

9. Follow the removal steps in reverse order to reassemble the parts camera unit.
Caution: When attaching the lighting unit in the machine, be careful to not pinch wires under the
lighting stand legs or bolts. A pinched wire may cause a short. Be careful not to touch any
of the four lenses (2) at the bottom of the lighting unit when performing work.

10.Turn on the main power switch.

11.Attach the parts supply unit to the machine.

parts cameras other than a P04CL


1. Remove the supply unit from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

2. Turn off the main switch.


Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Remove the four screws securing the cover and then remove the cover.

Screws (M3 x 4)
0.69 Nm

Cover NXTPCA003Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 197


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Remove the 2 harness connectors from the lighting unit.

Other than P05 camera P05 camera

Connectors

AIMPCA010Ea

5. Use an Allen wrench to remove the four stud bolts. Gently remove the lighting unit.

Stud bolt
(4 mm Allen wrench required) 1.65 Nm

Stud bolt identification

No groove 1 groove 2 grooves 3 grooves


(Standard and (High reso- (Sidelight (P05 camera)
P03 camera) lution camera) type camera)

Lighting unit

Lens 30MEC-0770E

6. Use cleaning paper (A4565T) to remove any foreign items and to clean the lens.

Lens

01MEC-0967E

Caution: Do not apply too much pressure when cleaning the lens in order to avoid damaging it.

7. Follow the removal steps in reverse order to reassemble the parts camera unit.

198 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Caution: When attaching the lighting unit in the machine, be careful to not pinch wires under the
lighting stand legs or bolts. A pinched wire may cause a short.

8. Turn on the main power switch.

9. Attach the parts supply unit to the machine.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 199


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.9.4 Lubricating the nozzle changer up/down shafts

Required grease Application location Amount


(cc)

Biral T&D (Sugai Chemical Industry) Up/down shafts 0.9

Lubrication hole Lubrication points label

Lubrication hole 30MEC-0047E

1. Remove the supply unit from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

2. Remove the nozzle station. (Refer to "4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations" for
details.)

Nozzle station

(2)

(1)

Lever NXTNZC002Eb

3. Apply 0.9 cc of lubricant (Biral T&D) to each of the lubrication holes.

Lubrication hole

Lubrication hole

AIMNZC008E

200 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.9.5 Replacing head vacuum filters

H08M/H08MQ/V12/H24/H24G heads
Replace the placing head vacuum filters with new ones. (Refer to "5.6.4 Cleaning the
placing head vacuum filters" for the replacement method.)

5.9.6 Replacing the linear motor cooling fan filter


Check the filter for dirt. If the filter is very dirty, replace it with a new filter. Refer to "5.7.1
Cleaning the linear motor cooling fan filter" for the replacement procedure.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 201


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.9.7 Cleaning the conveyor panel pass sensor

WARNING 26
Do not look directly into the vision processing light or the panel
pass check sensor light. Wear tinted protective glasses. Eye
damage may be caused by looking directly into the light.

Use cotton swabs to clean the surfaces of the panel pass sensors at both ends of each
conveyor. Turn off the power to perform this cleaning work.
Note: When a panel stopping position related error occurs, clean the sensors in the same manner.

30MEC-0910

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. If there are any panels on the conveyor, remove them.

4. Use cotton swabs to clean the surfaces of the transmitting and receiving sections of the
sensors.

01MEC-1322

Caution: Read WARNING 26.

5. Ensure that there are no fibers stuck on the sensor transmitting and receiving surfaces.
If there are fibers, remove them by cleaning again.

6. Attach the parts supply unit to the machine.

202 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.9.8 Cleaning base filters

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

WARNING 18
After stopping pump operation, allow the pump 30 minutes or more
to cool before beginning the procedure. Failure to do this could
result in burns, as the pump interior is extremely hot immediately
after operation is stopped.

Side2

Side1 30MEC-0932

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 1 and side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 203


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3. Remove filters (2,3) from the underside of the covers (1). Pull filter (2) forward from
underneath the filter frame and disengage it from the underside.

Side1 Side2
(1) (2) (2) (1)

(3)

30MEC-0933

4. Use compressed air to clean the filter. Replace with a new one if excessively dirty.

5. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

204 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.9.9 Replacing the LCR check unit measuring probes


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door.

2. Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) next to the waste tape duct to "close" to shut
off the air supply.

(1)

30NST-0281

3. Remove the top cover of the measurement section.

4. Manually move the shutter (2) towards the movable terminal (3).

(3)

(2)

30NST-0259

5. Remove the fixed terminal (4) and the insulation plate (5).

6. Provisionally secure new fixed terminal and insulation plate.

7. Manually move the shutter towards the fixed terminal, making sure the shutter and fixed
terminal are parallel before making contact.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 205


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8. Secure the fixed terminal with the shutter pressed against it. (Tightening torque: 0.44
Nm)

(4)

(5)

30NST-0260

9. Remove the movable terminal (3) and the shim (6).

10.Provisionally secure new movable terminal.

11.Manually move the shutter until it overlaps the movable terminal.

12.Attach the shim so that there is a 0.08 mm gap between the shutter and the movable
terminal. Use the feeler gauge (7) to check the gap.

13.Secure the movable terminal. (Tightening torque: 0.44 Nm)

(7) (7)

(3)
(6)

30NST-0261

14.Manually move the shutter back and forth to check that the movement is smooth.

15.Attach the top cover of the measurement section. (Tightening torque: 0.19 Nm)

16.Turn the LCR check unit manual valve (1) to "open" to supply air.

17.Return the machine back to its original condition.

18.Perform [LCR meter correction]. Refer to "5.11.17 Correcting the LCR meter" for details.

19.Check the LCR meter accuracy. Refer to "5.11.18 Checking LCR meter accuracy." for
details.

206 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10 12000-hour maintenance

5.10.1 Cleaning the mist separator filter


1. Turn off the main switch.

2. Remove the main switch section cover.

3. Turn the air regulator lever (1) to stop the outside air supply.

4. Remove the air hose (2) and then slowly return the lever on the air regulator back to its
original position. This releases the air in the machine.

5. While pushing down on the mist separator lock knob (3), turn the filter case (4) and
remove.

6. Clean the filter element (drawing number: H30264) (5) using a high-pressure air-gun, or
replace if excessively dirty.

(1)
(5)

(2)
(3)

(4)

30MEC-0911-b

7. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 207


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.2 Cleaning the vacuum pump filter

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

WARNING 18
After stopping pump operation, allow the pump 30 minutes or more
to cool before beginning the procedure. Failure to do this could
result in burns, as the pump interior is extremely hot immediately
after operation is stopped.

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Caution: Read WARNING 18.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.
Caution: Read CAUTION 19

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(3)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0934

208 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

6. Remove filter (5), keeping bracket (4) in place.

(5)

(8)

(4)
(6)

(7)
30MEC-0935

7. Loosen the bolt (7) under the filter case (6) and then remove the filter case.

8. Remove filter (8) from the filter case.

9. Clean the filter case using a neutral detergent.

10.Clean filter (8) using an air-gun, or replace if excessively dirty.

11.Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 209


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.3 Lubricating the placing head

H01 head

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)


Mobilith SHC460WT (Mobil) (1) Q-axis gear 0.1
Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) (2) Z-axis ball screw 0.117
(3) Z-axis guide rail 0.292

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (1) with a clean cloth.

3. Apply 0.1 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

4. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Q-axis gear teeth (1).

5. Rotate the Q-axis (1) by hand to lubricate the gear teeth evenly.

6. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z-axis ball screw (2) with a clean
cloth.

7. Apply 0.117 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

8. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Z-axis ball screw (2).

9. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z-axis guide rail (3) with a clean
cloth.

10.Apply 0.292 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

11.Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the surface of the rail of the Z-axis guide rail
(3).

12.Move the Z axis up and down by hand to spread the grease evenly.

1
3
NXTPHD011b

13.Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

210 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

H02, H02F heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)


Mobilith SHC460WT (Mobil) (1) Q-axis gear 0.1
Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) (2) Z1-axes ball screws 0.117
(2) Z2-axes ball screws 0.117
(3) Z1-axis guide rail 0.292
(3) Z2-axis guide rail 0.292

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

There is a brake on top of the placing head to prevent the Z-axes from dropping. When
moving the Z-axes during these procedures, squeeze the Z-axes brake using your fingers
to release the brake (refer to the diagram).

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the cover that is covering the Z-axis brake section.

3. While holding the ball nuts for the Z-axes ball screws, squeeze both sides of the Z-axes
brake using your fingers to release the brake and gently move the axes to their lowest
positions (fully extended).

4. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Q-axis gear (1) with a clean cloth.

5. Apply 0.1 cc of Mobilith SHC460WT to a brush.

6. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the Q-axis gear teeth (1).

7. Rotate the Q-axis (1) by hand to lubricate the gear teeth evenly.

8. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z1-, Z2-axis ball screw (2) with a
clean cloth.

9. Apply 0.117 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

10.Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to Z1 and Z2-axis ball screws (2). Apply 0.117
cc of grease to each of the Z1 and Z2-axis ball screws.

11.While holding the ball nuts for the Z-axis ball screw, squeeze both sides of the Z-axis
brake using your fingers to release the brake and gently move the axis to the highest
position (fully retracted).

12.Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z1-, Z2-axis guide rail (3) with a
clean cloth.

13.Apply 0.292 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

14.Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the surface of the rail of the Z1-, Z2-axis
guide rail (3). Apply 0.292 cc of grease to each of the Z1- and Z2-guide rails.
Caution: If grease gets on the flange, remove it with a clean cloth.

15.Move the Z-axis up and down by hand to lubricate the ballscrew and LM guide evenly.

16.Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 211


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

17.Remove the cover from the Z-axis brake section.

Cover
Z1-axis Z2-axis
0.69 Nm

Z-axes drop
prevention brake
2
2

1
1
1

Z1- and Z2-axes ball nuts


Flange

3
3

3
Apply to the entire 3
surface of the rail sides
Z1- and Z2-axes LM guides 01MEC-0461Eb

212 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

V12 head

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (1) Z-axis ballscrew 0.058


(Kyodo Yushi)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) (2) Z-axis guide shaft 0.064

(3) Cam followers for moving 0.004


mechanical valves

(4) Grooved cam grooves 0.01

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the side cover from the head.

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1279a

3. Rotate the R-axis until the triangle marks on the holder and on the head are aligned.
Caution: Do not turn the R-axis while the Z-axis is lowered.

4. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z-axis ball screw (1) and the Z-axis
guide shaft (2) with a clean cloth.

5. Apply 0.058 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to a brush.

6. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis ballscrew (1).

7. Apply 0.064 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

8. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis guide shafts (2).

9. Move the Z-axis up and down by hand to lubricate the ballscrew and the guide shaft
evenly.

10.Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 213


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

11.Attach the side cover on the head.

1
2

01NST-0883a

12.Use an item such as a cotton swab to wipe off any foreign matter from the cam followers
(3).

13.Use an item such as a cotton swab to apply 0.004 cc of Daphne Eponex No.2 to the
interior and circumference of the cam followers (3).

14.Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cotton swab.

Arm for moving 3


mechanical valves

01NST-0885E

15.Move a syringe close to the entrance of the grooved cam grooves (4).

16.Use a cotton swab to apply 0.01 cc of Daphne Eponex No.2 to the grooved cam groove
(4) entrance.

214 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

17.Work in the grease into all of the grooved cam grooves at the syringe cam followers by
turning the R-axis by hand more than 90 degrees back and forth.

Syringe
Grease application area
Cam follower
Grooved cam grooves(4)

01NST-0951E

18.Wipe off any excess grease that may have collected around the syringes with a clean
cloth.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 215


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H08M, H08M heads

Required grease Application location Amount


(cc)
NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (Kyodo (1) Z-axis ball screw 0.086
Yushi)
Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) (2) Z-axis guide shaft 0.082
(3) Cam follower for 0.004
mechanical valve motor

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the front cover.

3. Rotate the R axis until the triangle marks on the holder and on the head are aligned.
Caution: Do not turn the R axis while the Z axis is lowered.

4. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z-axis ball screw (1) and the Z-axis
guide shaft (2) with a clean cloth.

5. Apply 0.086 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to a brush.

6. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis ball screw (1).

7. Apply 0.082 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

8. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis guide shafts (2).

9. Move the Z axis up and down by hand to spread the grease evenly.

10.Wipe the excess grease off with a clean cloth.

11.Use a cotton swab to wipe off any foreign matter from the cam follower for the
mechanical valve motor (3).

12.Use an item such as a cotton swab to apply 0.004 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the
interior and circumference of the cam followers (3).

13.Remove any excess grease with a cotton swab.

14.Attach the front cover.

216 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

(3)

(2)

0.69 Nm
(1)

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1274a

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 217


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H24, H24G heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (1) Z-axis ball screw 0.04


(Kyodo Yushi)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) (2) Z-axis guide shaft 0.02

(3) Cam follower for 0.004


mechanical valve motor

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to"4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Rotate the R axis until the triangle marks on the holder and on the head are aligned.
Caution: Do not turn the R axis while the Z axis is lowered.

4. Wipe off any foreign matter and old grease from the Z-axis ball screw (1) and the Z-axis
guide shaft (2) with a clean cloth.

5. Apply 0.04 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to a brush.

6. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis ball screw (1).

7. Apply 0.02 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

8. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the Z-axis guide shafts (2).

9. Move the Z axis up and down by hand to spread the grease evenly.

10.Wipe the excess grease off with a clean cloth.

11.Use a cotton swab to wipe off any foreign matter from the cam follower for the
mechanical valve motor (3).

12.Use an item such as a cotton swab to apply 0.004 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the
interior and circumference of the cam followers (3).

13.Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cotton swab.

218 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1514a

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 219


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.4 Replacing mechanical valve O-rings on placing heads

V12 head

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (K3032K) Mechanical valve O-rings 0.003

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

Procedure
1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the bolts from the mechanical valve retainer, and then remove the bottom cover
and the retainer.

Bolt tightening torque:


0.16 Nm
Mechanical valve

O-rings (6)
Drawing number : A5053C

Bolt tightening torque:


0.20 Nm

Mechanical valve retainer


Bottom cover Washer
01NST-0877Eb

3. Push down the mechanical valve.

4. Use an Allen wrench with a jig spanner (PB00EY*) or a torque driver (AA9ZT**) to
remove the bolt and then separate the pusher plate from the plunger.
Note: A short head type 1.5 mm width Allen wrench must be used.

Pusher plate

Plunger Allen wrench

Jig spanner

Torque driver

01NST-0876Ea

220 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Pull out the plunger from the rotory holder in a downward direction.

6. By using something such as fingernails, pull up on the O-ring. Then insert the pointed
end of the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool (PM072M*) in the created gap and
then remove the O-ring. Remove all six O-rings in the same manner.

O-ring exchange tool

Plunger
01NST-0878Ea

7. Slide the new O-rings on the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool from the pointed
end. Insert the plunger into the O-ring exchange tool. Align a position on the plunger
that has an O-ring groove with the end of the tool and then slide an O-ring into the
groove. Repeat for all 6 O-rings.

O-ring exchange tool


Groove

Plunger
O-ring
Drawing number
: A5053C

01NST-0879Ea

8. Apply 0.003 cc of MDV235-ZB and lightly grease the overall surface of the plunger on
the mechanical valve (1). However, if grease is accumulated on the narrower section (2),
remove it.

(2)

(1) 01MEC-2015

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 221


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9. Apply 0.020 cc of MDV235-ZB and evenly grease the surface of the rod section of the
mechanical valve lubricating jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from tip of the
rod (3).

2AGKHJ0299xx
(3) 01MEC-2013

Caution: Apply grease, covering the area from the tip to the groove.

10.Insert the jig into the hole in which the mechanical valve was attached, and rotate the jig
left and right.

01MEC-2014

11.Lubricate all of the holes of the mechanical valves this way.

12.Pull out the jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from around the hole.

13.Insert the plunger back into the rotary holder from the bottom.

222 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

14.Attach the pusher plate to the plunger using torque driver (AA9ZT**) to tighten the bolt
to the specified torque (0.16 Nm).
Caution: Be sure to use the appropriate amount of torque when tightening each bolt. It is possible
to damage the hole for the bolt if you do not use the correct torque.
Note: Adhesive is applied to the securing bolts to prevent them from loosening. Bolts that have
been removed two or three times can be reused, but replace bolts that have been removed
many times.

Bolt tightening torque


0.16 Nm

Pusher plate

Plunger Allen wrench

Torque driver
(AA9ZT**)

01NST-0887Eb

15.Secure the bottom cover and mechanical valve pusher with the securing bolt and tighten
to the appropriate torque.(Bolt tightening torque : 0.20Nm)
Caution: Be sure to use the appropriate amount of torque when tightening each bolt. It is possible
to damage the holes for the bolts on the placing heads if you do not use the correct torque.
Note: Adhesive is applied to the securing bolts to prevent them from loosening. Bolts that have
been removed two or three times can be reused, but replace bolts that have been removed
many times.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 223


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H08M, H08MQ heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (K3032K) Mechanical valve O-rings 0.003

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Mechanical valves are comprised of a pusher plate and a plunger. Use an Allen wrench
to remove the bolt and then separate the pusher plate from the plunger.

Pusher plate

Plunger
Allen wrench

01NST-1098E

3. Remove the mechanical valve retainer bolt and then remove the retainer.

4. Gently pull up on the plunger and take it out.

Plunger

Mechanical valve retainer

Bolt 01NST-1099E

224 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Use your fingernails to pull up on the O-rings for the mechanical valve. Then insert the
pointed end of the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool (PM072M*) in the created gap
and then remove the O-ring. Remove all six O-rings in the same manner.

O-ring exchange tool

Plunger
01NST-0878Ea

6. Slide the new O-rings on the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool from the pointed
end. Insert the plunger into the O-ring exchange tool. Align a position on the plunger that
has an O-ring groove with the end of the tool and then slide an O-ring into the groove.
Repeat for all 6 O-rings.

O-ring exchange tool


Groove

Plunger
O-ring
Drawing number
: A5053C

01NST-0879Ea

7. Apply 0.003 cc of MDV235-ZB and lightly grease the overall surface of the plunger on
the mechanical valve (1). However, if grease is accumulated on the narrower section (2),
remove it.

(2)

(1) 01MEC-2015

8. Apply 0.020 cc of MDV235-ZB and evenly grease the surface of the rod section of the
mechanical valve lubricating jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from tip of the
rod (3).

2AGKHJ0299xx
(3) 01MEC-2013

Caution: Apply grease, covering the area from the tip to the groove.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 225


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9. Insert the jig into the hole in which the mechanical valve was attached, and rotate the jig
left and right.

01MEC-2016

10.Lubricate all of the holes of the mechanical valves this way.

11.Pull out the jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from around the hole.

12.Insert the plunger back to its position in the head, set the valve retainer and then secure
with the bolt by tightening it to the proper torque. (Tighten the bolt to a torque of 0.20
Nm.)
Caution: When tightening bolts, tighten to the specified torque. If overtightened, the threads for the
bolt on the head will be damaged.

Plunger

Mechanical valve retainer

Bolt tightening torque:


0.20 Nm 01NST-1101-Ea

13.Remove the top cover.

14.Attach the pusher plate to the plunger and tighten the bolt loosely.

226 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

15.Align the holes in the Q-axis and R-axis gears and tighten the bolt using torque driver
2AGKHJ0013** to tighten the bolt to the specified torque (0.16 Nm).
Caution: When tightening bolts, tighten to the specified torque. If overtightened, the threads for the
bolt on the head will be damaged. Adhesive is applied to bolts to prevent them from
becoming loose. Bolts can be reused 2 or 3 times, but if removing bolts more than this, use
new bolts.

Cover 0.69 Nm

Torque driver

Q-axis gear

Bolt tightening torque:


0.16 Nm

Pusher plate

R-axis gear
Plunger

01NST-1100Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 227


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H24, H24G heads

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

MDV235-ZB (Kuroda) (K3032K) Mechanical valve O-rings 0.008

Note: It is recommended to use the syringe (S61439) to apply grease when only a small amount
is required. Use the scale markings on the syringe to apply the correct amount of grease.

1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the side cover from the head.

3. Remove the three bolts used to attach the mechanical valve retainer.

4. Gently pull up on the mechanical valves and take them out.

0.69 Nm

0.69 Nm

0.1 Nm

01MEC-1515a

228 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Use your fingernails to pull up on the O-ring for the mechanical valve. Then insert the
pointed end of the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool (2MGKHJ0005**) in the
created gap and then remove the O-ring. Remove all six O-rings in the same manner.

01MEC-1516

6. Slide the new O-rings (2MGTHA0596**) on the mechanical valve O-ring exchange tool
from the pointed end. Insert the mechanical valve into the O-ring exchange tool. Align a
position on the mechanical valve that has an O-ring groove with the end of the tool and
then slide an O-ring into the groove. Repeat for all six O-rings.

01MEC-1517

7. Apply 0.001 cc of MDV235-ZB and lightly grease the overall surface of the plunger on
the mechanical valve (1). However, if grease is accumulated on the narrower section (2),
remove it.

(2)

01MEC-1826
(1)

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 229


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8. Apply 0.007 cc of MDV235-ZB and evenly grease the overall surface of the rod section
of the mechanical valve lubricating jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from tip
of the rod (3).

2AGTHJ0066**
(3) 01MEC-1828

9. Insert the jig into the hole in which the mechanical valve was attached, and rotate the jig
left and right.

01MEC-1829

10.Pull out the jig. Use a clean cloth to remove any grease from around the hole.

11.Lubricate all of the holes of the mechanical valves this way.

12.Return the mechanical valve back to its position, set the valve retainer and then secure
with the bolt.

230 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10.5 Lubricating the conveyor

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

NS7 (NSK) or Multemp SRL (1) Width adjusting ball screws 4.2
(Kyodo Yushi)
(2) CZ-axis ball screws 0.9

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease. The lubrication amount shown in the table is
the amount for one ball screw.

(1)
(1)

(2)

30MEC-0912

Lubrication procedure
1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

Lubricating the width adjusting ball screws


3. Wipe off any foreign matter from the width change ball screws (1) with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 4.2 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply grease evenly to the width adjusting ball screw (1). Apply grease
to each of the width adjusting ball screws.

6. Move the movable rails (lane 1 adjustable) one full stroke by hand to spread the grease.

7. Wipe off any excess grease from the ball screws with a clean cloth.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 231


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Lubricating the CZ-axis ball screws


8. Pull on the drive belt to rotate and raise the CZ-axis.

9. Wipe off any foreign matter from the CZ-axis ball screws (2) with a clean cloth.

10.Apply 0.9 cc of NS7 or Multemp SRL to a brush.

11.Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to all the CZ-axis ball screws (2).

12.Pull on the drive belt to rotate and move the CZ axis up and down (one full stroke) by
hand to lubricate the axis.

13.Wipe off any excess grease from the CZ axis with a clean cloth.

14.Attach the parts supply unit to the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

232 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10.6 Checking the conveyor belt tension


1. Prepare the tension meter.

2. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

3. Measure the tension of the conveyor belt with a tension meter. If the tension is outside
the permissible range, use the tension pulley (1) to adjust the tension until it is within
range.
Note: Stretching of the conveyor belt occurs during operation. If the tension exceeds the
permissible range, then adjust the tension to be within the range of the "Tension when
adjusting" column.

Symbols in Tension when Permissible Remarks


illustrations adjusting (Hz) tension (Hz)

A 328 ±33 208 to 360 conveyor belt (i)

B 298 ±30 190 to 328 conveyor belt (ii)

C 239 ±24 152 to 263 conveyor belt (iii)

(i) (2) (2) (ii) (iii)

B
A (1) (1)
(1)

30MEC-0913-a

Also, remove any foreign matter or dust from the conveyor belt cleaner (2).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 233


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.7 Lubricating the waste tape processing unit

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

WARNING 34
Do not insert hands or other body parts into the duct of the waste
tape processing unit. Hands or other body parts may get injured.

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Guide rail 0.19

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease. The lubrication amount shown in the table is
the amount for one guide block.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

(1)

30MEC-0936

Caution: Read CAUTION 19

234 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

4. Push the plate (2) and remove the plug (3) from the air coupler. A lock is engaged and
the movable blade cannot move.

5. Wipe off any dirt from the guide rails with a clean cloth. The guide rails(4) can be moved
by sliding the safety levers(6).
Caution: Read WARNING 34.

6. Use the grease gun to apply 0.19 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the grease fittings of
each of the guide blocks.

7. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

(4)
(5)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(4)
(5)
(2)
(3)

30MEC-1096

8. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 235


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.8 Lubricating the tray unit-LTW


TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screws

Required grease Application location Amount


(cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screw 0.5

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease.

1. Remove the tray unit-LTW from the module. Refer to "4.4 Attaching/removing a tray unit-
LTW" for details.

2. Remove the tray unit-LTW right and left side covers. Refer to "7.15 Removing tray unit-
LTW covers" for details.

3. Remove the left side cover.

0.88 Nm

30MEC-0580a

4. Wipe off any foreign matter from the TZ-axis ball screw with a clean cloth.

5. Use the grease gun to apply 0.5 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the grease fittings of each
of the TZ-axis ball screws.

01MEC 0227

6. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

236 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

7. Attach the tray unit-LTW covers.

Lifter gear

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Lifter gear 0.92

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease.

1. Remove the tray unit-LTW from the module. Refer to "4.4 Attaching/removing a tray unit-
LTW" for details.

2. Remove the tray unit-LTW right, left, and front lower covers. Refer to "7.15 Removing
tray unit-LTW covers" for details.

3. Wipe off any foreign matter from the lifter gears with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 0.92 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the gears of the lifter.

30MEC-0484

6. Turn the handle several turns by hand to spread the grease.

7. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

8. Attach the tray unit-LTW covers.

9. Attach the tray unit-LTW to the module.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 237


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.9 Checking and adjusting the tray unit-LTW belt tensions


Obtain the tension meter necessary to measure the tension of the various belts before
starting these procedures.

TZ1/TZ2-axis belt tension


1. Remove the tray unit-LTW from the machine. Refer to "4.4 Attaching/removing a tray
unit-LTW" for details.

2. Remove the tray unit-LTW lower covers. Refer to "7.15 Removing tray unit-LTW covers"
for details.

3. Measure the tension of each belt. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest
span of the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)

TZ1 axis 58 to 63

TZ2 axis 58 to 63

TZ2

TZ1

30MEC-0578

238 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

4. If the measured value exceeds the previously stated range, adjust the belt tension using
the method described below.

Fixing bolts 1P


(TZ2)

1P
Fixing bolts
(TZ1)

Tension pulley

Adjusting bolt

30MEC-0579Ea

5. Open the bottom door on the tray unit-LTW.

6. Loosen the fixing bolts on the tension pulley bracket.

7. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

8. Tighten the fixing bolts of the tension pulley bracket.

9. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 239


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

TY-axis belt shuttle tension


1. Measure the tension of both belts. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest
span of the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)

TY axis (shuttle) 37 to 40

30MEC-0480

2. If the measured value exceeds the previously stated range, adjust the belt tension using
the method described below.

Tension pulley

Adjusting bolt

Lock nut
1P

Fixing bolts
1P

30MEC-0481Ea

3. Remove the tray unit-LTW right side cover. Refer to "7.15 Removing tray unit-LTW
covers" for details.

4. Loosen the fixing bolts on the tension pulley bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting
bolt.

5. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

6. Tighten the fixing bolts on the tension pulley bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting
bolt.

7. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

240 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

TY-axis belt tension (moving section)


1. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)

TY-axis motor gear 344 to 379

30MEC-0482

2. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range.

Adjusting bolt

Lock nut
1.96 Nm

Motor bracket fixing bolts


30MEC-0483Ea
7.84 Nm

3. Loosen the fixing bolts on the motor bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting bolt.

4. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

5. Tighten the fixing bolts on the motor bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting bolt.

6. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 241


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.10 Lubricating the tray unit-LTW-2

TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screws

Required grease Application location Amount


(cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) TZ1/TZ2-axis ball screw 0.5

Note: 1 shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this as
an approximate guide when supplying grease.

1. Remove the tray unit from the machine.

2. Remove the screws and remove the side covers (right and left sides) of the tray unit.

3. Remove the left side cover.

4. Use the grease gun to apply 0.5 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to the grease fittings of each
of the TZ-axis ball screws.

5. Wipe off any excess grease with a clean cloth.

6. Attach the covers of the tray unit.

1.65 Nm

1.65 Nm
1.65 Nm

30MEC-0806

242 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10.11 Checking and adjusting the tray unit-LTW-2 belt tensions


Obtain the tension meter necessary to measure the tension of the various belts before
starting these procedures.

TZ1/TZ2-axis belt tension


1. Remove the tray unit from the machine.

2. Remove the four screws and remove the front lower cover of the tray unit.

3. Remove the four screws and remove the covers of the TZ1/TZ2 moving sections.

1.65 Nm

1.65 Nm

30MEC-0810

4. Measure the tension of each belt. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest
span of the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)

TZ1 axis 60 to 66

TZ2 axis 60 to 66

5.88 Nm (3)
(1)
(2)

30MEC-0811

5. If the measured value exceeds the previously stated range, adjust the belt tension using
the method described below.

a. Loosen the fixing bolts (1) on the tension pulley and the lock nut (2) on the adjusting
bolt.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 243


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

b. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

c. Tighten the fixing bolts on the tension pulley bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting
bolt.

6. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

TY-axis belt shuttle tension


1. Remove the tray unit from the machine.

2. Remove the screws and remove the side covers (right and left sides) of the tray unit.

30MEC-0808

3. Measure the tension of both belts. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest
span of the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)

TY axis (shuttle) 37 to 40

(2)

(1)
(3)
30MEC-0807

244 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

4. If the measured value exceeds the previously stated range, adjust the belt tension using
the method described below.

a. Loosen the fixing bolts (1) on the tension pulley and the lock nut (2) on the adjusting
bolt.

b. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

c. Tighten the fixing bolts on the tension pulley bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting
bolt.

5. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

TY-axis belt tension (moving section)


1. Remove the tray unit from the machine.

2. Remove the screws and remove the side cover (left side) of the tray unit.

30MEC-0827

3. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is within the specified range.

Belt tension Specified value (Hz)


TY-axis motor gear 360 to 397

(2)
(3)

(1)
30MEC-0809

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 245


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range.

a. Loosen the fixing bolts (1) on the motor bracket and the lock nut (2) on the adjusting
bolt.

b. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

c. Tighten the fixing bolts on the motor bracket and the lock nut on the adjusting bolt.

5. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

246 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10.12 Checking and replacing the tray unit-LTW/LTW2 tray drawer


bottom surface sheets

Checking the tray drawer bottom surface sheet


1. Remove the tray drawer bottom surface sheet to be checked.

2. A sheet is attached to the bottom surface of the tray drawer. Check that the sheet is not
torn or damaged. If the sheet is torn or damaged, replace the sheet.

3. Check all tray drawers.

30MEC-0298

Replacing the tray drawer bottom surface sheet


If the tray drawer bottom surface sheet is torn or damaged, replace the sheet.

1. Turn the tray drawer over, and remove the sheet to be replaced.

2. Clean the surface where the sheet was attached with degreaser or other cleaning agent
to remove any oil or other foreign matter.

3. Remove the cover tape from the back of the sheet, and then attach the new sheet to the
tray drawer bottom surface in the position shown below.
Caution: Make sure there are no air bubbles or foreign matter under the sheet when attaching it. Use
a tool like a spatula to prevent air bubbles.
8.5mm

8.5mm

Sheets
94mm 94mm Drawing number : PZ0862*
30MEC-0299E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 247


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.10.13 Lubricating the tray unit-M


Lubricating TY-axis clutches

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) TY-axis clutch 0.06

Note: One shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this
as an approximate guide when supplying grease.

1. Remove the tray unit-M from the machine Refer to "4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-
M" for details.

2. Remove the tray unit-M covers.

Covers
1.65 Nm

01MEC-0425Eb

3. Wipe off any foreign matter from the TY-axis clutch with a clean cloth.

4. Apply 0.06 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

5. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the area where the TY-axis clutches come
together.

Clutches

Lubricate the area where


the clutches come together.

NXTMTU076Ea

6. Wipe off any excess grease that comes out.

7. Attach the tray unit-M covers.

248 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Lubricating tray stopper pins

Required grease Application location Amount (cc)

Daphne Eponex No. 2 (Idemitsu) Tray stopper pin 0.115

Tray stopper pin movement shaft 0.375

Note: One shot from the grease gun from the Fuji grease gun kit is approximately 0.6 cc. Use this
as an approximate guide when supplying grease.

1. Remove the tray unit-M from the machine Refer to "4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-
M" for details.

2. Remove the tray unit-M covers.

Covers
1.65 Nm

01MEC-0425Eb

Lubricating the stopper pins (10)


1. Wipe off any dirt from the tray stopper pins with a clean cloth.

2. Apply 0.115 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

3. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the tray stopper pins (the side that does not
contact trays).

that does not contact the tray.

Tray stopper

Tray

Magazin belt

01MEC-0426E

4. Wipe off any excess grease that comes out.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 249


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Lubricating the drive shaft


1. Wipe off any foreign matter from the drive shaft with a clean cloth.

2. Apply 0.375 cc of Daphne Eponex No. 2 to a brush.

3. Use the brush to apply the grease evenly to the drive shaft.

4. Manually move the drive shaft right and left to lubricate the shaft.

Stopper pin
push shaft
01MEC-0430E

5. Wipe off any excess grease that comes out.

6. Attach the tray unit-M covers.

250 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.10.14 Checking and adjusting tray unit-M belt tensions


Obtain the tension meter necessary to measure the tension of the various belts before
starting these procedures. In addition, remove the tray unit-M from the machine. Refer to
"4.6 Attaching/removing a tray unit-M" for details.

<TZ-axis belt tension (motor side)>


1. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is 245.0 ±10.0 Hz.

TZ-axis belt
245.0 10.0 Hz

NXTMTU077E

2. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range. Lightly loosen the motor fixing bolts and then use the adjusting bolt to adjust the
tension. Ensure that the tension is still within range after retightening the motor fixing
bolts.

Adjusting bolt

Motor fixing bolts 7.84 Nm NXTMTU078Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 251


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

<TZ-axis belt tension (belt on the magazine side)>


1. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is 60.0 ± 3.0 Hz.

TZ-axis belt

60.0 3.0 Hz

NXTMTU079E

2. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range. Lightly loosen the pulley fixing bolts and then use the adjusting bolt to adjust the
tension. Ensure that the tension is still within range after retightening the pulley fixing
bolts.

Adjusting bolt

Pulley fixing bolts 7.84 Nm


NXTMTU080Ea

252 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

<TY-axis belt tension (for the clutch)>


1. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is 225.0 ± 20.0 Hz.

TY-axis belt
225.0 20.0 Hz

NXTMTU081E

2. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range. Adjust by moving the tension pulley.

Tension pulleys

NXTMTU082E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 253


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

TY-axis belt tension (moving section)


1. Measure the belt tension. Measure the belt tension in the middle of the longest span of
the belt as indicated below. Ensure that the tension is 363.0 ±20.0 Hz.

363.0 20.0 Hz

TY-axis belt

NXTMTU083E

2. If the tension is outside of this range, adjust the belt tension until it is within the correct
range. Lightly loosen the motor fixing bolts and then use the adjusting bolt to adjust the
tension. Ensure that the tension is still within range after retightening the motor fixing
bolts.

Adjusting bolt

Motor fixing bolts 7.84 Nm NXTMTU084Ea

254 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11 Irregular maintenance

5.11.1 Removing parts from the reject parts conveyor

Perform when required


It is possible to remove parts on the reject parts conveyor during production. If the module
stops because the reject parts conveyor becomes full, remove the parts from the conveyor
and restart production.

1. Use the vacuum pickup tool to remove the parts from the reject parts conveyor.

NXTMTU048

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 255


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.11.2 Cleaning hybrid calibration marks and jig parts


Clean these items before performing hybrid calibration.
Note: When removing jig parts, use soft plastic tweezers or a similar tool in order not to scratch
the jig parts and the storage unit.

Cleaning procedure
1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.
Note: For twin robot modules, hybrid stations are attached at the lane 1 standard rail and lane 2
adjustable rail.

3. Clean the four marks (1) with a clean dry cloth. Remove any foreign matter by gently
rubbing with a cloth soaked in degreaser (S61170).
Caution: Also, be careful not to scratch the marks.

4. Clean the jig parts (2) and (3) with a clean dry cloth. Remove foreign matter from the jig
parts by gently rubbing with a cloth soaked in degreaser (S61170).
Caution: Also, be careful not to scratch the jig parts. Do not touch the rubber sheet of the glass jig
parts (2).

(1)
(2)
(3)

30MEC-0914

5. After cleaning the marks and jig parts, remove any moisture with a soft cloth.

256 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.3 Cleaning the nozzles


Clean the nozzles after 150,000 pickups have been performed. The cleaning method for
standard nozzles (without rubber) and nozzles with rubber tips is different.

When storing nozzles after work, store them in an environment where the humidity is 30%
or less.

Standard nozzles
Selecting the correct drill bit for the nozzle size
The internal diameter of the nozzle tip is sometimes different than the back of the nozzle.
Refer to the chart below and select the appropriate drill for the area to be cleaned. Nozzle
damage can occur if an incorrect drill size is used.

Cleaning the tip of the nozzle Cleaning the back of the nozzle
Nozzle Drill Nozzle Drill

NXTNZC047-E

Nozzle diameter Drill diameter Nozzle diameter Drill diameter

(etched on the Nozzle tip Nozzle (etched on the Nozzle tip Nozzle
top of the nozzle) back top of the nozzle) back

V12, H24, H24G H01, H02, H02F

dia. 0.3 (Ultrasonic cleaning) dia. 1.0 dia. 0.6 dia. 0.35

dia. 0.35 (Ultrasonic cleaning) dia. 1.3 dia. 0.9

dia. 0.4 dia. 0.16 dia. 1.8 dia. 0.9

ø0.5 dia. 0.16 dia. 2.5 dia. 1.9 dia. 1.35

dia. 0.7 dia. 0.35 H08M, H08MQ

dia. 0.8 dia. 0.35 dia. 0.4 dia. 0.16

dia. 1.0 dia. 0.6 dia. 0.35 dia. 0.7 dia. 0.35

dia. 1.3 dia. 0.9 dia. 0.6 dia. 1.0 dia. 0.6 dia. 0.35

dia. 1.8 dia. 0.9 dia. 0.6 dia. 1.3 dia. 0.9 dia. 0.6

dia. 2.5 dia. 1.9 dia. 0.6 dia. 1.8 dia. 0.9 dia. 0.6

Wide range nozzles dia. 2.5 dia. 1.9 dia. 0.6

H24, H24G

S (Ultrasonic cleaning)

M (Ultrasonic cleaning)

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 257


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Cleaning procedure
1. Remove the nozzles from the nozzle station.

2. While holding the nozzle correctly, use the correct size of drill (AWPJ8100 or AA4XY01)
on the nozzle cleaning jig for the nozzle in question to clean the nozzle tip area and back
area. In addition, disassemble the H01/H02/H02F 1.0 mm nozzle and clean the nozzle
end.
Caution: Handle nozzles correctly when cleaning. Hold the nozzle at the ceramic part of the tip as
shown below when cleaning nozzles with the drill jig. If the sleeve of the nozzle is held (as
shown below) to clean the nozzle, the connection to the ceramic part of the nozzle may
become loose or damaged.

Nozzle held correctly


<1.0 mm nozzle for the H01/H02 head>
Remove the o-ring and then remove the pin.

Flange
Spring
Jig (AWPJ8100)
Nozzle held incorrectly Pipe

Pin

O-ring

NXTNZC045Ea

3. Use a cotton swab or clean cloth soaked in cleaning solution (ethyl alcohol or isopropyl
alcohol) to gently rub away any dirt from the 2D codes on the nozzle. Use an air gun to
blow away any remaining cleaning solution on the 2D code.

4. Check the up/down sliding action of the nozzle pipe.

a. For nozzles used on V12 heads, use a push-pull gauge on the nozzle tip and confirm
that they can be moved with a force of 20 gf or less.

b. For H24 and H24G head nozzles, ensure they are moved with a force of 15 gf or less.

c. Check the flange surface of H01, H02 and H02F head nozzles for indentations,
bulges, or burrs.
Caution: Do not use the nozzle if the nozzle pipe does not move smoothly or requires more than 20
gf to move, because this may negatively affect production.

5. Set the nozzles back in the nozzle station. Ensure that the pipes for the nozzles are
lowered. In addition, wipe any oil off the flanges for H01/H02/H02F head nozzles.

Pipe sticking out


Pipe lowered

Nozzle station

Incorrect Correct NXTNZC046E

Note: Because the needles are extremely thin for the 0603 nozzle cleaning jig, it is possible to
exchange just the needle if it becomes damaged. Refer to the table below for ordering the

258 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

separate needles and replace the damaged needle.

Nozzle diameter (target Drawing number Part name


parts mm [inch])
0.4 mm (0603 [0201]) PB75690 Needle
0.7 mm (1005 [0402]) PB75700 Needle

Nozzles with rubber tips


Applicable nozzles

Head type Ring type Pad type

H01, H02, and H02F heads ø2.5G ø3.7G to ø20.0G

H08M, H08MQ Heads ø2.5G ø3.7G to ø15.0G

V12 Head ø2.5G ø3.7G to ø5.0G

H24, H24G head ø2.5G -

Note: The OF head uses the same size as H01, H02 and H02F heads. The G04, G04F head uses
only ring type nozzles that are between 2.5G and 10.0G in diameter.

Cleaning procedure
1. Remove the nozzles from the nozzle station.

2. Use an air gun to remove any dust on the exterior and interior of each nozzle.

3. Use a cotton swab or clean cloth soaked in cleaning solution (ethyl alcohol or isopropyl
alcohol) to gently wipe away any dirt from the rubber section of the nozzle.

Pad type Ring type


Rubber section Rubber section

01MEC-0933E

4. Check that the rubber pad is installed correctly inside the nozzle. Ensure that the rubber
pad protrudes past the edge of the nozzle and is within the range listed below. Use a
finger to push if the protrusion amount is outside of the below range.

Nozzles Protrusion amount

Φ 3.7G to 7.0G 0.05 mm to 0.25 mm

Φ10.0G 0.10 mm to 0.30 mm

Φ15.0G 0.10 mm to 0.40 mm

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 259


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Protruding distance 01MEC-1179E

Cleaning with an ultrasonic cleaner


Follow the conditions below when using an ultrasonic cleaning unit to clean nozzles.

Cleaning equipment: 60W or more for eyewear use or precious metal cleaning (60 to 100
W is recommended).
Note: Nozzles may be damaged if the power is too strong.

Cleaning fluid: Ethanol or isopropyl alcohol based cleaning fluids

Cleaning time: 15 minutes

Do not use an ultrasonic cleaner to clean nozzles with 2D code labels (stickers). It is only
possible to use the ultrasonic cleaner for nozzles which have laser etched 2D codes.

To ensure that the cleaning fluid used does not damage the nozzle coating, it is
recommended to test one or two nozzles before cleaning all of the nozzles.

Immediately after cleaning, use an air gun to remove any excess cleaning fluid from the
nozzles. Furthermore, carefully maintain the cleanliness of the cleaning fluids to ensure that
the nozzles do not become dirty from the cleaning fluid itself.

When cleaning nozzles with rubber tips, do not immerse the rubber section in cleaning
solution (this includes water). The rubber will degrade and may cause problems during
production. If using the ultrasonic cleaner to clean nozzles with rubber tips, set the nozzles
so that the rubber section protrudes above the level of the cleaning solution and ensure they
don't fall over when the cleaner vibrates.

Example of how to set nozzles for cleaning Rubber section

Cleaning fluid

Wire mesh (or other material with holes) 01MEC-0934E

260 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.4 Cleaning H08M/H08MQ nozzles with filters and replacing


nozzle filters

Work period
Clean dia. 2.5 or smaller nozzles every 2 weeks and dia. 3.5 or larger nozzles every 3
weeks. Clean all nozzle types when errors occur. If filters are excessively dirty, replace
them with new ones.
Caution: Replace periods may differ depending on operating conditions and machine environment.

Procedure
1. Remove the nozzles from the nozzle station.

2. Clean the outside and inside of nozzles using an air gun in the locations shown below.

<Nozzles of dia. 2.5 or less> <Nozzles of dia. 3.7 or more>

Slot Slot

Filter
Slot Slot
Spring Guide Spring Guide

Filter
01NST-1771E

3. For nozzles with rubber pads, use a cotton swab or clean cloth soaked in cleaning
solution (ethyl alcohol or isopropyl alcohol) to gently wipe away any dirt from the rubber
section of the nozzle.
Note: Refer to "5.11.3 Cleaning the nozzles" for how to clean nozzles with rubber pads.

4. If filters are excessively dirty, replace them with new ones. Refer to the filter replacement
method that follows for how to remove the filter.

5. Clean nozzles using a nozzle-cleaning drill as required.


Note: Refer to "5.11.3 Cleaning the nozzles" for how to clean nozzles using a drill.

6. Clean nozzles using an ultrasonic cleaner as necessary.


Caution: When using an ultrasonic cleaner, remove the filter inside the nozzle. Also, so that filters do
not get submerged in cleaning solution, set the nozzle for cleaning in the same manner as
for nozzles with rubber pads. Refer to "5.11.3 Cleaning the nozzles" for important points
regarding using an ultrasonic cleaner to clean nozzles and the method for setting nozzles
with rubber pads.

7. Install a new filter. Refer to the filter replacement method that follows for how to remove
the filter.
Caution: For nozzles with filters, be sure that filters are attached before using these nozzles.

8. Push the nozzle tip with your finger to confirm that it moves smoothly.
Caution: For nozzles with rubber pads, do not hold the rubber pad section.

9. Return the nozzles to the nozzle station. When storing nozzles, store them in an
environment where the humidity is 30% or less.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 261


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Filter replacement method


The filter replacement method is different for dia. 2.5 and smaller nozzles and dia. 3.7 and
larger nozzles. Use the method that best suits your needs.
Note: This also applies to nozzles with rubber pads and MELF nozzles.

Exchanging filters of nozzles dia. 2.5 and smaller


1. Use the nozzle filter removal jig (PM0GLZ**) to remove the filter from the nozzle.

01NST-1772

2. Set a new filter at the rear of the nozzle.

3. Use the [dia. 3.7, dia. 5, dia. 5G] side of the nozzle filter insertion jig (AB164**) to push
the filter into the pocket on the nozzle.

Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧳
㧼㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

Ǿ㧣㧳㨪
Ǿ㧣㨪㧘

‫ޓޓ‬Ǿ㧡㧳
Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧘Ǿ㧡㧘

01NST-1773

262 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Exchanging filters of nozzles dia. 3.7 and larger


Note: The illustration is of a φ3.7 and a φ15.0G nozzle. The shape of the nozzle tip differs
depending on the nozzle size and whether or not the nozzle has a rubber pad, however the
filter replacement method is the same.

1. Use the nozzle filter removal jig (PM0GLZ**) to remove the filter from the nozzle.

Ǿ Ǿ)

01NST-1774

2. Set a new filter at the end of the nozzle.

3. Use the side of the nozzle filter insertion jig (AB164**) that matches the nozzle size to
push the filter into the pocket on the nozzle.
Note: Use the [φ7~,φ7G~] section for φ7.0, φ10.0, φ7.0G, φ10.0G nozzles, and the [φ3.7G]
section for φ3.7G nozzles, and the [φ3.7, φ5, φ5G] section for other nozzles.

Ǿ
Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧳
㧼㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

Ǿ㧣㧳㨪
Ǿ㧣㨪㧘

‫ޓޓ‬Ǿ㧡㧳
Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧘Ǿ㧡㧘

Ǿ)
Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧳
㧼㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

Ǿ㧣㧳㨪
Ǿ㧣㨪㧘

‫ޓޓ‬Ǿ㧡㧳
Ǿ㧟㧚㧣㧘Ǿ㧡㧘

01NST-1775

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 263


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.11.5 Cleaning the V12 parts camera lens


If a vision processing error occurs and the error is not resolved by cleaning the mirror, clean
the parts camera lens.

Procedure
1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the M3 x 4 screws and remove the mirror box lower cover.
Caution:When attaching the cover, use the same type and size of screws as those that were removed.
In addition, do not loosen the bolt above the cover that is indicated in the illustration below. If this
is loosened, the placing accuracy may be affected.
Note: When the cover is removed, parts which have dropped into the mirror box may fall out.

01NST-0861b

3. Remove the two screws securing the mirror box.

4. Move the mirror box until the parts camera lens is visible.

0.88 Nm 01MEC-1286a

264 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5. Clean the parts camera lens with a clean cotton swab.

01MEC-1287

6. Attach the mirror box by pushing it in the direction of the arrow and tighten the screws.

0.88 Nm

01MEC-1288a

7. Insert the tip of the cover in the mirror box slot and then secure the cover in place.

0.40 Nm

01NST-0886-c

8. Perform auto calibration for heads on which this work has been done. When the placing
head used is changed at a module, calibration is performed when the module is used.
When attaching a head back to the module to which it was attached before
maintenance, first, attach a different head and perform calibration and then attach the
original head.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 265


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.11.6 Cleaning tray unit-LTW connectors

When a tray unit clamp error occurs


Clean the following areas if a warning message displays at the machine.

1. Remove the tray unit-LTW from the machine. Refer to "4.4 Attaching/removing a tray
unit-LTW" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dirt or foreign objects from the connectors.

30MEC-0672

5.11.7 Cleaning tray unit-LTW-2 connectors

When a tray unit clamp error occurs


Clean the following areas if a warning message displays at the machine.

1. Remove the tray unit from the machine.

2. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dirt or foreign objects from the connectors.

30MEC-0812

266 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.8 Cleaning the MFU feeder pallet and part supply base
connector

When a pallet clamp error occurs


Clean the following areas if a warning message displays at the machine.

1. Remove the MFU from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dirt or foreign objects clogging both sides of the
connector.

30MEC-0485

5.11.9 Checking and replacing placing head vacuum filters

H01, H02, and H02F heads


When nozzle vacuum errors occur, check to see if the head vacuum filters are dirty.
Replace them if excessively dirty. Refer to "5.6.4 Cleaning the placing head vacuum filters"
for the replacement procedure.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 267


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.11.10 Checking the conveyor belt tension


Check the conveyor belt tension when the panel stopping position is not stable or when
panel conveyance errors occur. Refer to "5.10.6 Checking the conveyor belt tension" for the
inspection procedure.

5.11.11 Cleaning the conveyor belts and the belt cleaner

Cleaning the conveyor belts


The conveyor belt should be cleaned when a problem like one of the following occurs.

• Flux gets on the conveying surface of the conveyor belt and sticks to panels
during conveyance.

• The panel stopping position is unstable and panel conveyance errors occur.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Soak a soft cloth with industrial ethanol and wipe away any dirt or foreign objects off the
belt. Clean the entire length of the belt (2) by turning the hexagonal shaft (1).

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0908

Cleaning the belt cleaner


Clean the conveyor belt cleaner when the panel stopping position is not stable or when
panel conveyance errors occur.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

3. Remove the belt cleaner. Refer to "6.3 Replacing the conveyor belt cleaners" for details.

4. Remove any foreign matter and dust from the belt cleaner brush and block.

268 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

Brush

Block
30MEC-0149E

5.11.12 Cleaning the soft backup pins


The soft backup pins should be cleaned in cases such as when flux remains on the tips of
the soft backup pins and sticks to the panel during conveyance.

Procedure
Use a soft dry cloth to wipe any dirt or foreign items from the backup pins. Replace the soft
backup pins when it is no longer possible to clean them thoroughly.
Caution: Some of the material used to make the backup pins is water soluble. Do not use liquids such
as neutral detergents when cleaning soft backup pins.

01MEC-0009

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 269


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5.11.13 Checking and adjusting the CZ-axis belt tension


If panel clamping errors occur, then check the conveyor belt.

Symbols in Tension when Permissible Remarks


illustrations adjusting (Hz) tension (Hz)

A 69 ±7 44 to 76 -

30MEC-0915

Check and adjustment procedures


1. Prepare a tension meter.

2. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. (Refer to "4. Basic operation" for
details.)

3. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

4. Measure the belt tension at the center of the belt span and check if the measured
tension is within the allowable range.

5. If the measured tension is out of the range, adjust the belt tension by following the sub
steps.

a. Loosen the fixing bolts of the tension pulley bracket.

b. Turn the adjusting bolt so that the tension is within the specified value.

(2) (1)

(3) (2)

30MEC-0916

c. Tighten the fixing bolts of the tension pulley bracket.

d. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

6. Attach the parts supply unit to the machine.

270 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.14 Checking and adjusting the conveyor motor belt tension


Check the conveyance motor belt and width change motor belt if panel conveyance errors
or lane width change errors occur.

Symbols in Tension when Permissible Remarks


illustrations adjusting (Hz) tension (Hz)

A 397 ±40 253 to 437 For conveyor belt (1)

B 202 ±20 128 to 222 For conveyor belt (2)

C 345 ±35 220 to 380 For conveyor belt (3)

D 263 ±26 167 to 289 For width changing

B
(1) (2) (3)

A
C

D
30MEC-0917

Check and adjustment procedures


1. Prepare the tension meter.

2. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

3. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

4. Measure the belt tension at the center of the belt span and check if the measured
tension is within the allowable range.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 271


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. If the measured tension is out of the range, adjust the belt tension by following the sub
steps.

a. Loosen the bracket (1) fixing bolts (2) securing the motor.

b. Move the bracket so that the belt tension is within the specified value.

(1)

(2) (1)
(2)

(2)
(2)

30MEC-0918

(1) (1)

c. Tighten the bracket fixing bolts securing the motor.

d. Measure the belt tension again, and ensure the tension is within the allowable range.

272 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.15 Cleaning the waste tape processing unit cutter

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

WARNING 32
Before working on the waste tape processing unit, remove the air
coupler plug so that the movable blade does not move.

WARNING 33
Be careful to not cut fingers or any other body parts when working
on the waste tape processing unit.

Clean the following areas if a cutter operation defect warning message displays at the
machine.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

(1)

30MEC-0936

Caution: Read CAUTION 19

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 273


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Push the plate (2) and remove the plug (3) from the air coupler. A lock is engaged and
the movable blade cannot move.
Caution: Read WARNING 32.

5. Use a clean cloth to gently remove any waste tape and parts stuck to the movable (4)
and fixed (5) blades. Also, remove any materials that are stuck to the blades (such as
splicing tape).

(5)

(4)

(2)
(3)

30MEC-1097

Caution: Read WARNING 33.

6. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

274 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.16 Cleaning the waste tape processing unit duct

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

WARNING 32
Before working on the waste tape processing unit, remove the air
coupler plug so that the movable blade does not move.

WARNING 33
Be careful to not cut fingers or any other body parts when working
on the waste tape processing unit.

Perform the following cleaning procedures when feeder tape indexing errors occur.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

(1)

30MEC-0936

Caution: Read CAUTION 19

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 275


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Push the plate (2) and remove the plug (3) from the air coupler. A lock is engaged and
the movable blade cannot move.
Caution: Read WARNING 32.

5. Use a clean cloth to gently remove any waste tape and parts stuck in the chute (4). Also,
remove any materials that are stuck to the chute (such as splicing tape).

(2)
(3)
(4)

30MEC-1098

Caution: Read WARNING 33.

6. Return the machine to its original state by performing the procedure in reverse.

276 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.17 Correcting the LCR meter


When the top cover of the measurement section is removed and maintenance performed,
perform [LCR meter correction].
Note: In order to perform LCR meter correction, LCR meter accuracy checks and production with
LCR checks, it is necessary to first specify settings in the machine configuration and part
data for the job. Refer to the programming manual for more details.

Maintenance completed

NG
LCR meter correction

OK Check the unit based on


the troubleshooting section

OK
LCR meter correction

Measurement performed for actual parts NG

Replacing the measuring probe


NG
LCR check
Work when replacing
OK
the measurement probe
Start production

Check if wrong part is set


Set the part again

NG
LCR check

OK

Start production 30NST-0252-E

1. Start Accessory Software.

2. Select the applicable machine.

3. Select [Remote operation].

4. Select [LCR meter correction].

5. Perform [LCR meter correction].

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 277


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

30NST-0262-E

278 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 5. Preventive maintenance

5.11.18 Checking LCR meter accuracy.


When replacing measuring probes, check the LCR meter accuracy.
Note: In order to perform LCR meter correction, LCR meter accuracy checks and production with
LCR checks, it is necessary to first specify settings in the machine configuration and part
data for the job. Refer to the programming manual for more details.

Replacing measurement probe completed

NG
LCR meter correction

Check the unit based on OK


the troubleshooting section

NG
Checking LCR meter accuracy

Check the unit based on


OK
the troubleshooting section
Check performed for actual parts

NG
LCR check

OK

Start production

Check if wrong part is set


Set the part again

NG
LCR check

OK

Start production
30NST-0253-E

1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door.

2. Clean the reject parts box.

3. Place the standard resistor part (1) on the shutter (2).

(2)

(1)

30NST-0263

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 279


5. Preventive maintenance MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Return the machine back to its original condition.

5. Start Equipment Check.

6. Select [I/O monitor] - [Base] or [Module] from the [Menu] pane and then select [Option
remote].

7. Select the check box for [Output operation].

8. Select Y408 from the output list and click the [ON/OFF] button to advance the movable
terminal.

9. Wait two seconds, then select Y409 from the output list and click the [ON/OFF] button
to retract the shutter.

10.Change the LCR meter settings before measuring the standard resistor. Refer to the
LCR Meter Instruction Manual for details.

a. Clear the button lock. The code is "3523".

b. Specify "Z" for table parameters.

c. Specify "1.0000 kHz" for the measurement frequency.

d. Specify "V" for the measurement signal level.

e. Specify "AUTO" for the measurement range.

11.Press the [TRIG] button at the LCR meter. Standard resistance measurement will be
performed. The measured standard resistor value is displayed in the LCR meter. If the
values are within 100Ω ±0.5% (99.5Ω to100.5Ω) it is considered a pass.

12.Change the LCR meter settings after measuring the standard resistor. Refer to the LCR
Meter Instruction Manual for details.

a. Specify "JUDGE SYNC" for the measurement range.

13.Select Y408 from the output list and click the [ON/OFF] button to retract the movable
terminal.

14.Select Y409 from the output list and click the [ON/OFF] button to advance the shutter.

15.Remove the part supply unit, and open the front door.

16.Remove the reject parts box from the module.

17.Remove the standard resistor part.

18.Return the machine back to its original condition.

280 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6. Replacing consumable parts


Note: The values shown in the illustrations are the values (Nm) for the torque to tighten bolts.
When attaching parts, use the specified torque to tighten the screws.

6.1 About consumable parts


Consumable parts are parts that are consumed during machine operation and these must
be paid for even if the machine is within the guarantee period.

6.2 Replacing conveyor belts

6.2.1 Recommended frequency


Replace the conveyor belts when panel conveyance errors occur. Note that it is
recommended that replacements are periodically performed every 24000 hours even if
there is no problem.
Note: Time for replacement may change depending on the usage environment and usage
conditions of the machine.

6.2.2 Replacement procedure


Note: This section explains the procedure for the belt on the left side of the conveyor, but the
method for the belt on the right side of the conveyor is the same.

It is necessary to replace both the reference side and adjustable side conveyor belts at the
same time.

1. Use the machine configuration settings in Accessory Software to move the rails to a
position where the hexagonal shaft set screws can be accessed. Refer to the Accessory
Software Operation Manual (online manual) for details.

(2)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0919

2. Remove the MFU from the machine and open the front door. (Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.)

3. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 281


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Exchanging belts
1. Loosen the set screw (2) in the hexagonal shaft (1).

2. Move the hexagonal shaft to the back to open a gap for the belt to be threaded through
between the shaft at the front (3) and the hexagonal shaft.

(2)
(1)

(2)
(3) 30MEC-0920

3. Loosen the tension pulley (4), and then loosen the belt.

(A) (B) (C)

(4)
(4) (4)
30MEC-0921

4. Remove the panel guides.

30MEC-1100

282 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

• For the center conveyor, the removal procedure for the reference rail is different
from that for the adjustable rail.

3.92 Nm

1.0 Nm

3.92 Nm
30MEC-0559

• Remove the clamp plate.

0.88 Nm 30MEC-1101

5. Replace the belt.

6. Adjust the conveyor belt to the prescribed tension using the tension pulley. Refer to
"5.10.6 Checking the conveyor belt tension" for details.

7. Attach the clamp plate and panel guides.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 283


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8. Align the front and rear set screws with the holes in the shafts. Next, insert the
hexagonal shafts until the positioning line of the front shaft, then insert the set screws.

1.2 Nm
Set screw

Shaft hole

Hexagonal shaft

Position line Shaft

30MEC-0087-Ea

Checks after exchanging belts


1. Ensure that panels can be transported smoothly on the conveyor. Prepare for
production with any job.

2. After the conveyor width is changed, remove the parts supply unit. Push the emergency
stop button and open the front door.

3. Check the following using a panel specified in the job.

• The panel does not catch on anything when being transferred between the
previous and next stages.

• When panels in the center and both ends of the conveyor are positioned near
the other rail, the specified gap is equally maintained.
Note: Check the gap specified in the [Loader Settings] section of the machine configuration
settings in Accessory Software.

4. If the gaps between the panels and rails for each section are different or the gaps are
different than that specified, loosen the panel guide securing bolts and adjust to equally
match the specified gaps.

284 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.3 Replacing the conveyor belt cleaners

6.3.1 Recommended frequency


Replace the conveyor belts when panel conveyance errors occur. Note that it is
recommended that replacements are periodically performed every 24000 hours even if
there is no problem.
Note: Time for replacement may change depending on the usage environment and usage
conditions of the machine.

6.3.2 Procedure
1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch.

3. Replace the belt cleaners (1) attached to each rail. When mounting a new belt cleaner,
the end of the brushes should push in about 1.0 mm from the edge of the conveyor belt.

(1)
(1)

(2)

30MEC-0923

4. Turn on the main switch and turn on the machine.

5. Close the front door and attach the parts supply unit.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 285


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.4 Replacing panel clamper stopper bolts

6.4.1 Recommended frequency


When panel clamp errors occur

6.4.2 Required items


Stopper bolt length adjusting jig

Drawing number : 2MGYCF0163**

Drawing number : 2MGYCF0164**

30MEC-0563E

6.4.3 Replacement procedure


1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch.

3. Loosen the nut (2) of the stopper bolt (1) to be exchanged and then remove the stopper
bolt.

(1)

(2)
(1)

(1)
30MEC-0924

4. Attach the new stopper bolt.

286 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

5. Make the stopper bolt short and then set the stopper bolt length adjusting jig. When
doing this, lift up the clamp plate a little and with the clamp plate higher than the
conveyor belt, push the jig on the clamp plate to attach it.

Conveyor belt

Clamp plate

30MEC-0567E

6. Adjust the length of the stopper bolt. Move the stopper bolt length adjusting jig to the side
when adjusting and adjust the length so passing is possible at surface A and is not
possible at surface B.

Surface A Surface B

30MEC-0568E

7. Tighten the nut of the stopper bolt and check the length again.

8. Turn on the main switch and turn on the machine.

9. Close the front door and attach the parts supply unit.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 287


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.5 Replacing the nozzle station fluorescent


stickers

6.5.1 Recommended frequency


Replace if errors occur when the machine tries to detect the presence of a nozzle.

6.5.2 Replacement procedure


1. Remove the nozzle station from the nozzle changer. Refer to "4.3 Removing/attaching
nozzle stations" for details.

2. Remove all the nozzles from the nozzle station.

3. Remove the fluorescent stickers and affix new stickers.

H01/H02/H02F types
Fluorescent stickers Fluorescent stickers
Fluorescent
stickers

NXTNZC010c

H08M type

Fluorescent stickers

01NST-1084E

288 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

V12 type
1. When the station type brush unit (option) is attached, remove the bolts that attach it from
the bottom of the nozzle station and then remove the station type brush unit items.

Station type brush unit


Bolt

Nozzle station

01MEC-0860E

2. Remove the installation bolts and then remove the two blocks.

Bolt

Blocks

01MEC-0861E

3. Remove the two plates and then change the fluorescent stickers.

Plate

Fluorescent stickers

01MEC-0862E

4. Assemble the nozzle station in reverse order.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 289


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

H24, H24G type


1. When the station type brush unit (option) is attached, remove the bolts that attach it from
the bottom of the nozzle station and then remove the block and plate.

0.40Nm

01MEC-1531a

2. Remove the bolts and remove the two blocks.

1.47 Nm

01MEC-1532a

3. Remove the two plates, and change the fluorescent stickers on the plates for new ones.

0.78 Nm

Fluorescent stickers

01MEC-1533Ea

4. Assemble the nozzle station using the reverse procedure.

290 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.6 Replacing the parts recognition function head


sticker

6.6.1 Recommended frequency


When the sticker is dirty

6.6.2 H08MQ heads


Sticker types
The stickers used are as follows. A transparent sticker is also required, so prepare this as
well.

Sticker Transparent sticker

H08MQ PS0417* PS0418*

Seal

01MEC-1852-E

Replacement procedure
Note: Refer to "7.3 Replacing the background ring for parts side recognition" for how to replace
the ring.

5. Remove the sticker and transparent sticker from the ring.

Translucent tape

Seal

01NST-1104E

6. Attach new stickers to the ring. There is a mark line on the surface of the ring where the

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 291


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

sticker is attached. Align the end of the sticker with the middle of the line and attach.

Seal

Mark 01NST-1105E

• Affix stickers in a clockwise direction.

• Be careful not to get any air bubbles or foreign matter under the sticker.

• Overlap the end of the sticker after wrapping it around.

Overlap
01NST-0213E

7. Affix the transparent sticker to the ring. Check the end of the sticker just attached and
align the start of the transparent sticker with the opposite side.

End of seal

Translucent sticker 01NST-1106E

01NST-0214

Note: Be careful not to get any air bubbles or foreign matter under the transparent sticker.

292 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.6.3 V12 heads


Sticker types
Use the stickers below.

Drawin number Qty.

Sticker PS0356* 2

Replacement procedures
1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.)

2. Remove the old stickers from the head.

Stickers

01NST-0880E

3. Affix the new stickers on the head. Fit the edges of the stickers flush to the bottom
surface of the head.

Stickers

Fit the edges of the stickers


flush to the bottom surface.

01NST-0881E

Note: Ensure that the stickers have no air bubbles or foreign objects caught under the stickers.
When applying the stickers, make sure to wipe any grease from your fingers as well as the
application surface. If the application surface or the sticker has any grease or dirt on it, it
will peel off easily.

4. Adjust the IPS brightness with the IPS brightness adjusting function. (For more details,
refer to the IPS brightness adjustment section in the System Reference manual for the
machine.)

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 293


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.7 Replacing the head battery

6.7.1 Battery type

Drawing number H1021H

Part name Battery

Model ER6VLY

Guarantee period 4 years (Temperature 40 degrees C, no-operation)


(estimated) *1

Note 1: The battery life may be shortened depending on the environment in which it is used.

Note 2: The above part number is for a single battery. The following table shows the
drawing numbers for batteries for which terminal processing has been applied.

Head type Drawing number

H01 AJ270**

H02, H02F 2AGKHH0017**

H08M, H08MQ 2AGKHF0050**

V12 2AGKHA0081**

H24/H24G 2AGKHA0082**

6.7.2 Recommended frequency


Read the warning that appears at the operation panel of the machine to determine the
appropriate procedure.
Caution: If the usage period of the battery has exceeded its estimated lifespan and the machine
power is turned off for extended periods, the chance that the battery will run out increases.
We recommend replacing the battery if the usage period of the battery has exceeded its
estimated lifespan, even if no alarm has occurred.

Alarm warning Contents

Seek Number: 3A21 Battery low (replace the battery as soon as possible using the
procedure in this section.)

Seek Number: 3A1F Backup data lost (The origin of the servo motor must be reset
when replacing the battery. Contact your Fuji Representative.

294 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.7.3 Replacement procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 37
Replace the battery with power being supplied to the placing head.
It will be necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced
with the machine power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

Replace the battery with power being supplied to the placing head. To remove the cover,
remove the head from the module. Attach the placing head to the module. Use the cleaning
command in manual mode and then replace the battery with the power on.

As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband (with


a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap (labeled
EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and side 2.

1. Use the placing head exchange command in manual mode to remove the placing head
from the module. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads").

2. Put on the electrostatic discharge wrist strap.

3. Remove the cover from the head (refer to the illustration below). Do not remove the
battery yet.

4. With the cover removed, attach the head to the module (refer to "4.1 Removing/
attaching placing heads" ).

a. Push START to start production.

b. When the placing head starts to move, push CYCLE STOP. Power is being supplied
to the head.

5. When the placing head starts to move, push CYCLE STOP. Power is being supplied to
the head.

6. Use the head positioning command in manual mode to move the head to the center of
the machine. (Refer to the section "Using Manual Commands" of the System Reference
manual for details.)

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 295


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7. Remove the battery securing cover or tie-band and the harness connector of the old
battery and then remove the battery itself. Attach the new battery to the placing head
and then connect the harness connector. (Refer to the illustration below.)

8. Push CANCEL and then MANUAL to return the module to the main screen.

9. Using the method used in Step 1, remove the placing head and then attach the cover.

H01 head

0.69 Nm
Battery
(Drawing No. : H1021H)

Cover

0.69 Nm

0.69 Nm

NXTPHD012Eb

296 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

H02, H02F heads

Battery
(Drawing No. : H1021H)
0.69 Nm

0.69 Nm
01MEC-0191Ea

H08M, H08MQ heads

0.69 Nm

Battery
0.69 Nm (Drawing No. : H1021H)

01MEC-1275Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 297


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

V12 Head
Note: When the battery is secured with a tie-band, cut the tie-band and then remove the battery.

0.69 Nm

0.69 Nm

Battery
(Drawing No. : H1021H)
0.69 Nm

0.88 Nm

01MEC-0731Eb

H24, H24G heads

0.69 Nm

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1595-b

298 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.8 Replacing the servo amplifier battery

6.8.1 Battery type

Drawing number H10212


Part name Battery
Model JZSP-BA01
Guarantee period 3 years (Temperature 40 degrees C, no-operation) *1
(estimated)

*1: The battery life may be shortened depending on the environment in which it is used.

6.8.2 Recommended frequency


Read the warning that appears at the operation panel of the machine to determine the
appropriate procedure.
Caution: If the usage period of the battery has exceeded its estimated lifespan and the machine
power is turned off for extended periods, the chance that the battery will run out increases.
We recommend replacing the battery if the usage period of the battery has exceeded its
estimated lifespan, even if no alarm has occurred.

Alarm warning Contents


Seek Number: 3A21 Battery low (replace the battery as soon as possible using the
procedure in this section.)
Seek Number: 3A1F Backup data lost (The origin of the servo motor must be reset
when replacing the battery. Contact your Fuji Representative.

6.8.3 Procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 35
Replace the battery with the servo amplifier power on. It will be
necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced with the
machine power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

There are the same number of X-axis servo amplifier batteries as there are XY robots in the
machine (one or two). It is positioned on side 2 for a single robot machine and one is
positioned on side 1 and side 2 for twin robot machines.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 299


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Check the contents of the alarm to determine the side that the X-axis servo amplifier alarm
is for.

1. In order to supply power to the servo amplifier, start production with any job and then
soon push CYCLE STOP to stop production.

a. Transmit a job to the machine and prepare for production.

b. Push START to start production.

c. When the placing head starts to move, push CYCLE STOP. Power is being supplied
to the servo amplifier.

2. Remove the parts supply units from side 1 of the machine. Refer to "4.1 Removing/
attaching placing heads" for details.

3. Push EMERGENCY STOP and open the front door.

4. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

5. Remove the chute (2).

6. Remove the cover (3).

(2)

(1)

(3)

30MEC-0960

7. There are battery cases near to the servo amp. Open the battery case and replace the
battery.

30MEC-0961

8. Follow the removal procedure in reverse to reattach the filter.

300 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.9 Replacing the module CPU battery


A battery retains the data listed below when the main switch for the machine is turned off.
However, the following data is deleted when the main switch is turned off and the battery
has no power.

a. Module calibration data

• Matrix data, Feeder pallet levelness data, and auto-calibration values

b. Module configuration settings

c. Production information

• Current job name, Production information, Profiler information, and completed


sequences.

Perform the preparation procedures in order to ensure that the necessary data is available
and then proceed to change the battery.

6.9.1 Battery type

Drawing number 2EGTBC0322**


Part name Battery
Model PDS-MA01S1069
Guarantee period (estimated) 7 years (Temperature 40 degrees C, no operation) *1

*1: The battery life may be shortened depending on the environment in which it is used.

6.9.2 Recommended frequency


Replace the battery upon the occurrence of a battery alarm.
Caution: If the usage period of the battery has exceeded its estimated lifespan and the machine
power is turned off for extended periods, the chance that the battery will run out increases.
We recommend replacing the battery if the usage period of the battery has exceeded its
estimated lifespan, even if no alarm has occurred.

On a module with a single robot, "Battery Error(AIMEX)" is displayed when the CPU box
battery has no power.

On twin robot modules, if "Battery Error(AIMEX)" is displayed, the battery for the module
CPU box on side 2 must be replaced. While if "Battery Error(AIMEX Side1)" is displayed,
the battery for the module CPU box on side 1 must be replaced.

Module <<Normal Mode>>


Fuji_VM Version V02.61
Boot Error occurred
Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd.
ErrorCode :0x8000EB0D
Booting system 
SubErrorCode :0x00000000
DIO Initialize  Done Battery Error(AIMEX)
CUnet Initialize  Done
Panel Initialize  Done
IO Shell Initialize Done
:
:
:
30MEC-0152

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 301


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.9.3 Preparation procedures


Information cannot be acquired from the machine while there is a battery alarm occurring.
It is recommended to always keep a backup of calibration data and a record of module
configuration settings.
Note: Calibration data is stored on a CD that comes with the machine. Record the module
configuration settings. Refer to the Fuji Accessory Software Operation Manual (online
manual) for how to display the module configuration settings.

1. Confirm that you have the CD containing the calibration data. Matrix data, feeder pallet
levelness data, and module camera calibration data are used in this procedure.

2. Make sure that you have the record containing module configuration settings.

3. Eject all nozzles from the head by using the manual mode command.

4. Remove any panels that are in the module.

5. Set the nozzle jigs for the type of head in the module in the nozzle station. Set the same
number of nozzle jigs as there are holders on the head.

6. Have the replacement battery and an electrostatic discharge wrist strap (with an internal
resistance of 1 megaohm and above) prepared and ready to be used.

6.9.4 Procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

CAUTION 34
After replacing the battery, do not attempt to run the module. It is
possible for items in the module to collide because calibration data
for the module is not correct.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 1 of the machine. Refer to "4.1 Removing/
attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the lower cover for side 1. Refer to "7.6 Replacing the module CPU box" for
details.

302 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

3. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.
Caution: Read CAUTION 68.

4. Turn off the main switch and disconnect the cables from the CPU board. Refer to "7.6
Replacing the module CPU box" for details.

5. Remove the two screws securing the servo board.

6. Pull the lever and remove the servo board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1090

7. Remove the two screws securing the CPU board.

8. Pull the lever and remove the CPU board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1091

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 303


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9. The battery is at the back of the CPU board. Remove the tie-bands and connectors and
replace the battery with a new one.

01MEC-1415

10.After replacing the battery, follow the procedures in reverse to attach the CPU box and
return the machine to its original state.
Note: The appropriate connector names are present on both the wiring and the CPU box. Connect
the connectors that have matching names.

11.Specify required settings. Refer to "6.9.5 Specifying settings after changing" for details.
Caution: If the machine is operated without specifying the settings, the placing accuracy of the
machine may be adversely affected.

6.9.5 Specifying settings after changing


The following work is necessary after the battery has been replaced.

a. Register matrix data

b. Register feeder pallet levelness data

c. Module configuration settings

d. Transmit the job

e. Remeasure calibration data

How to specify settings


All calibration data can be registered using Accessory Software.

1. Switch on the power to the machine. A battery error message is displayed.

Module <<Normal Mode>>


Fuji_VM Version V02.61
Boot Error occurred
Fuji Machine Mfg. Co., Ltd.
ErrorCode :0x8000EB0D
Booting system 
SubErrorCode :0x00000000
DIO Initialize  Done Battery Error(AIMEX)
CUnet Initialize  Done
Panel Initialize  Done
IO Shell Initialize Done
:
:
:

30MEC-0153

304 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

Note: If a battery error message is not displayed and the machine starts normally, perform the
diagnostic command and wait for the following pictogram to appear.

30SYS-1090

2. Select the desired module in Accessory Software and click [Calibration].

01MEC-0030E

3. Click [When the module CPU box battery has expired].

01MEC-0031E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 305


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Click [Register calibration data].

01MEC-0033E

5. Click [Start].

01MEC-0034E

After the machine restarts, check that the operation panel displays that the module can
receive calibration data.

6. Register calibration data. Click [Browse] and then specify the storage location of each
calibration data file.
Note: There are cases in which it is not necessary to register data other than matrix measurement
data depending on the machine specifications. Register the calibration data that is on the
CD that came with the machine.

30MEC-0262Ea

7. Click [Start].

8. After registration is complete, turn the main power off and on.

306 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

9. Module configuration settings have been initialized. Use Accessory Software to specify
these settings again.

10.Transmit the job from Fuji Flexa.

11.Remeasure the calibration. Refer to the "Fuji Accessory Software Operation Manual" for
details.

a. Switch on the power to the machine 30 minutes before performing the following
measurement to warm up the parts camera.

b. Set the jig nozzles in the nozzle station.

c. Push START to begin auto calibration.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 307


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.10 Exchanging panel controller batteries


The controller internal battery allows for data to be retained even when the main switch for
the machine is turned off.

6.10.1 Battery type

Drawing number 2EHFBA0477**

Part name Battery

Model CR14250SE-CN16

Guarantee period 5 years (Temperature 40 degrees C, no


(estimated) operation) *1

Note 1: The battery life may be shortened depending on the environment in which it is used.

6.10.2 Replacement procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

CAUTION 34
After replacing the battery, do not attempt to run the module. It is
possible for items in the module to collide because calibration data
for the module is not correct.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

2. Open the front door.

308 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

3. Remove the bolts from the panel controller inside the machine while the panel controller
is retained.

30MEC-1039

4. Loosen the bolts on the underside of the panel controller and remove the cover.

30MEC-1040

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 309


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. Loosen the bolts and then remove the inner cover.

30MEC-1041

6. Replace the battery.

7. After replacing the battery attach the inner cover and then the outer cover, and then
attach the panel controller to the machine.

310 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.11 Replacing a Fuse on the Remote I/O Board

6.11.1 Recommended frequency


When fuses blow

6.11.2 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 311


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name
1 Linear motor
2 Linear scale
3 Mark camera wiring bracket
4 XY-axis moving handle
5 Y-slide
6 X-slide

6.11.3 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 55
Replace fuses with fuses of the same capacity.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the side at which work is being performed and open
the front door. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

312 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

Caution: Read CAUTION 55.

3. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

4. Remove the remote I/O board cover (1).

(1)

30MEC-0958

5. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.
Caution: Read CAUTION 68.

6. Remove the connectors from top remote I/O board (2). The connector locations are
different depending on the side (1 or 2) and the number of robots present.

7. Remove the top panel from the remote I/O board.

(3)

(2)

30MEC-0959

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 313


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8. Remove the fuse (F1 to F7) that is blown from lower remote I/O board and replace it with
a matching fuse.

F7

F6

F2

F1 F5 F4 F3
30MEC-0611

9. Attach the top board and connect the connectors.


Note: The appropriate connector names are present on both the wiring and the connectors on the
board. Connect the connectors that have matching names.

10.Follow the removal procedure in reverse to return the machine to its original status.

314 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.12 Replacing fuses on interface boards


There is an interface board in the control box. A fuse check LED on the board turns off when
a fuse on that board inside the module is burnt out. Ensure that the fuse is burnt out before
replacing it.

6.12.1 Recommended frequency


When fuses blow

6.12.2 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 55
Replace fuses with fuses of the same capacity.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(3)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0940

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 315


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Turn on the main switch and turn on the machine.

7. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.
Caution: Read CAUTION 68.

8. A fuse check LED turns off when a fuse is burnt out. Check the LEDs on the interface
board and then turn off the main switch.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Caution: Read CAUTION 55.

Interface board fuse list

Fuse Drawing LEDs Fuse Drawing LEDs


number number

F1 H20013 LED4 F10 H65867 LED18

F2 H20013 LED6 F11 H20015 LED7

F3 H20013 LED8 F12 H65866 LED11

F4 H20013 LED10 F13 H65866 LED13

F5 H20013 LED5 F14 H20015 LED15

F6 H2001R LED9 F15 H20015 LED17

F7 H65866 LED12 F16 H20015 LED19

F8 H20013 LED14

F9 H20013 LED16

9. Remove fuses from the interface board and replace them.

30MEC-0836

10.Follow the removal procedure in reverse to return the machine to its original status.

316 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

6.13 Replacing vacuum pump consumable parts


The valves and gaskets are consumable items, and should be replaced by the new items
provided in the vacuum pump maintenance kit.

6.13.1 Recommended frequency


Consumables should be replaced after every 10,000 hours of operation.

6.13.2 Required items

DOP-300SA Inlet valve rubber separator 4


maintenance kit

Drawing number: Inlet & outlet valves 12


H5448D

Backup outlet valves 4

Cup packing 4

Gaskets 4

Backup inlet valves 4

Connecting tubes 1

Tools Metric Allen wrench set -

Torque wrench 5 mm Allen wrench set


(settable to 8 Nm tightening
torque)

Philips screwdriver No. 2

Other Industrial ethanol For wiping clean

Paper wipes For wiping clean

Dust mask, gloves, oil-based -


marker pen

6.13.3 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 317


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

WARNING 18
After stopping pump operation, allow the pump 30 minutes or more
to cool before beginning the procedure. Failure to do this could
result in burns, as the pump interior is extremely hot immediately
after operation is stopped.

WARNING 17
Lift the pump with two or more people, and maintain a correct lifting
posture. The pump is heavy, so lifting it may cause injury.

WARNING 29
Wear a dust mask and gloves when performing this work. There is a
danger of ingesting microscopic particles from worn components.

Removing the vacuum pump


1. Remove the parts supply units from side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Caution: Read WARNING 18.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(3)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0941

6. Remove the side cover (4) from the lower side of the base.

7. Remove the sensor bracket (5). Position the removed sensor bracket to the left side so
it will not be an obstacle when the vacuum pump is pulled forward.

318 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

8. Disconnect and remove the hose from the vacuum pump.

(6)

(4)

(5)

30MEC-0942

9. Remove the installation bolts (7) from the base plate on the vacuum pump.

10.Pull the vacuum pump forward to a position where it is possible to remove the terminal
box (8) cover.

(8)

(7)

30MEC-0943

11.Remove the vacuum pump's terminal box cover, then disconnect the terminal block
power wiring (U: red, V: white, W: black, and ground wire).

1.65 Nm W V U

4.0 Nm
30MEC-0944

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 319


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

12.Wrap the disconnected wires with something such as elastic tape to prevent from
touching metallic parts.

13.Remove the vacuum pump completely from the machine (always use the handles).
Caution: Read WARNING 17.

Disassembling the vacuum pump


1. Use an Allen wrench to loosen the Allen bolts (M6 x L16) that secures the handle, then
remove the handle and plate.

Handle fixing bolts


9.31 Nm
Handle
Plate

NXTBAS221Ea

2. Stand the pump upright so that the head to be replaced can be removed vertically.

3. Remove the head cover.

a. Use an Allen wrench to loosen the four Allen bolts (M6 x L30) that secure the head
cover, then remove the bolts.

NXTBAS153-b

b. Pull the fitting joint forward with both hands, then remove the connecting tube and
the head cover. Pull the left and right fitting joints in an alternating and gradual
manner until they are removed.

NXTBAS154

320 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

4. Remove the cylinder.

a. Use a permanent marker to mark the cylinder and casing before removing the
cylinder.

NXTBAS155

b. With gloves on, slowly turn the fan. Do not attempt this without gloves.

NXTBAS156

c. Lift the cylinder upward to remove it.

NXTBAS157

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 321


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. Remove the holder plate and the packing.

a. Mark the holder plate at the casing's mark position.

NXTBAS158

b. Loosen the four countersunk screws (M5 x L12) in the holder plate. With gloves on,
hold the connecting rod in place when loosening the countersunk screws.

Holder plate
3.3 Nm

NXTBAS159Ea

c. Remove the holder plate.

d. Remove the inlet valve's rubber separator from the holder plate.

Holder plate

Inlet valve rubber separator

NXTBAS160Ea

322 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

e. Remove the cup packing.

Cup packing

NXTBAS161E

f. Wipe the holder plate clean using a cloth or paper wipe dampened with industrial
alcohol.

6. Remove the cylinder's small components.

1. Inlet valve
2. Backup inlet valve
3. Inlet valve holder plate
4. Outlet valve holder plate
5. Backup outlet valve
6. Outlet valve

1 2 3 4 5 6
NXTBAS164E

a. Loosen the roundhead screw (M3 x L5) that secures the outlet valve holder plate.

Holder plate

NXTBAS159-Eb

b. Remove the outlet valve holder plate, the backup outlet valve, and the outlet valve.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 323


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

c. Loosen the roundhead screw (M3 x L5) that secures the inlet valve holder plate.

Outlet valve holder plate

NXTBAS162-Eb

d. Remove the inlet valve holder plate and the inlet valve.

e. Wipe the entire cylinder clean using a cloth or paper wipe dampened with industrial
alcohol. Pay particular attention to cleaning the inlet/outlet valve mounting faces, and
the cup packing's vibrating face. When cleaning, use care to avoid wiping off the
mark.

Reassembling the vacuum pump


1. Set the new cup packing on the connecting rod with the cup's flange facing downward.

Cup packing

NXTBAS165E

2. Insert a new inlet valve rubber separator into the groove on the rear side of the holder
plate.

3. Align the holder plate mark, then tighten the four countersunk screws (M5 x L12).

Inlet valve rubber separator


Markings

NXTBAS166-Eb

324 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

4. Attach the inlet valves on the cylinder.

a. Place the two inlet valves on the cylinder, then place the inlet valve backup and inlet
valve holder plate on top of them.

b. While verifying that the inlet valve is not making contact with the groove's inner
perimeter, tighten the roundhead screw (M3 X L5) that secures the inlet valve holder
plate.
Note: Be sure that the orientation of the inlet valve holder plate is correct. The top of the inlet valve
holder plate must be set facing upward and the shorter direction (distance from center of
hole to end face) is facing the rounded side of the inlet valves.

Inlet valve holder plate


Upper side
Valve's rounded
side
Lower side (valve side)

5. Attach the outlet valve on the cylinder.

a. Place the outlet valve on the cylinder, then place the outlet valve backup and outlet
valve holder plate on top of it.

b. While verifying that the outlet valve is not making contact with the groove's inner
perimeter, tighten the roundhead screw (M3 x L5) that secures the outlet valve holder
plate.

Outlet valve holder plate


NXTBAS168Ea 0.69 Nm

6. Align the cylinder with the mark, then insert it into the cup packing.

Markings

NXTBAS169E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 325


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7. Replace the head cover gasket.

a. Remove the old gasket from the head cover.

b. Clean the head cover by wiping it with industrial alcohol, then dry it with compressed
air.

c. Set the new gasket on the head cover.

Gasket

NXTBAS170E

8. Attach the head cover on the casing.

a. Insert the head cover joint into the connecting tube and align the casing screw holes
with those in the head cover.

b. Tighten the four Allen bolts (M6 x L30) to a torque of 8 Nm. (If replacing the
connecting tube, be sure that the tube is cut to the same pump length.)

NXTBAS171-b

9. Connect the connecting tube. (If replacing the connecting tube, be sure that the tube is
cut to the same pump length.)

Connecting
tube

NXTBAS172E

326 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

10.Lay the pump on its side, then attach the panel and handle.

Attaching the vacuum pump


1. Follow the removal procedure in reverse to attach the vacuum pump in the machine
base.
Caution: Read WARNING 17.

2. Follow the removal steps in reverse order to reassemble the parts camera unit.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 327


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.14 Replacing the tray unit-LTW servo controller


battery
The internal memory of the MP2300 servo controller stores data required for operation of
the tray unit-LTW and a battery inside the controller helps maintain this data when power is
not supplied to the servo controller. To ensure the stable operation of the tray unit-LTW,
replace this battery every two years.

6.14.1 Battery type

Drawing number H10212

Part name Battery

Model JZSP-BA01

Guarantee period 3 years with the machine power on for 8 hours


(estimated) per day

6.14.2 Recommended frequency


Every 2 years

6.14.3 Procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 36
Replace the battery with the servo controller power on. It will be
necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced with the
power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

1. Turn on power to the machine and attach the tray unit-LTW.

328 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

2. Remove the bolts, and then remove the tray unit-LTW lower cover (1). Refer to "7.15
Removing tray unit-LTW covers" for details.

(1)

30MEC-0925

3. Ensure that the controller [RDY] LED green light is on.

4. Open the battery cover on the front of the controller.

Controller

㪤㪧㪉㪊㪇㪇

Battery cover
30MEC-0505E

5. Detach the battery connector and remove the old battery. Attach and insert the new
battery.

RDY
ALM
TX

Battery
Maker: Yasukawa Electric
Model: JZSP-BA01

02MEC-0011E

6. Ensure that the [BAT] LED turns off after the new battery has been attached.

7. Close the controller battery cover.

8. Attach the lower front cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 329


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.15 Replacing the tray unit-LTW-2 servo controller


battery
The internal memory of the MP2300 servo controller stores data required for operation of
the tray unit-LTW and a battery inside the controller helps maintain this data when power is
not supplied to the servo controller. To ensure the stable operation of the tray unit-LTW,
replace this battery every two years.

6.15.1 Battery type

Drawing number H102125


Part name Battery
Model JZSP-BA01
Guarantee period 3 years with the machine power on for 8 hours
(estimated) per day

6.15.2 Replacement period


Every 2 years

6.15.3 Replacement procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 36
Replace the battery with the servo controller power on. It will be
necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced with the
power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

1. With the tray unit attached to the machine, turn on the power to the machine.

330 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

2. Remove the four screws and remove the front lower cover of the tray unit.

(1)

30MEC-0813-a

3. Ensure that the controller [RDY] LED green light is on.

4. Open the battery cover on the front of the controller.

30MEC-0814

5. Detach the battery connector and remove the old battery. Attach and insert the new
battery.

6. Ensure that the [BAT] LED turns off after the new battery has been attached.

7. Close the controller battery cover.

8. Attach the cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 331


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.16 Replacing the tray unit-LTW TY-axis/TZ-axis


servo servo amplifier battery

6.16.1 Battery type

Drawing number H10212

Part name Battery

Model JZSP-BA01

Guarantee period 3 years with the machine power on for 8 hours


(estimated) per day

6.16.2 Recommended frequency


Replace the battery upon the occurrence of a battery alarm.
Caution: If the usage period of the battery has exceeded its estimated lifespan and the machine
power is turned off for extended periods, the chance that the battery will run out increases.
We recommend replacing the battery if the usage period of the battery has exceeded its
estimated lifespan, even if no alarm has occurred.

6.16.3 Procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 35
Replace the battery with the servo amplifier power on. It will be
necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced with the
machine power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

1. Turn on power to the machine and attach the tray unit-LTW.

2. Remove the bolts, and then remove the tray unit-LTW lower cover (1). Refer to "7.15
Removing tray unit-LTW covers" for details.

332 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

3. Open each of the battery cases in the control box and replace the batteries with new
ones.

(1)

30MEC-0926

4. Attach the lower front cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 333


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.17 Replacing the tray unit-LTW-2 TY-axis/TZ-axis


servo amplifier battery

6.17.1 Battery type

Drawing number H10212

Part name Battery

Model JZSP-BA01

Guarantee period 3 years with the machine power on for 8 hours


(estimated) per day

6.17.2 Replacement period


Replace the battery upon the occurrence of a battery alarm.
Caution: If the usage period of the battery has exceeded its estimated lifespan and the machine
power is turned off for extended periods, the chance that the battery will run out increases.
We recommend replacing the battery if the usage period of the battery has exceeded its
estimated lifespan, even if no alarm has occurred.

6.17.3 Replacement procedure

CAUTION 64
Do not use a battery other than the specified battery.

CAUTION 36
Replace the battery with the servo controller power on. It will be
necessary to reset the motor origin if the battery is replaced with the
power turned off.

CAUTION 63
Properly dispose of the used battery according to local regulations.

1. With the tray unit attached to the machine, turn on the power to the machine.

2. Remove the four screws and remove the front lower cover of the tray unit.

334 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

3. Open each of the battery cases in the control box and replace the batteries with new
ones.

(1)

30MEC-0815-a

4. Attach the cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 335


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.18 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-LTW interface


board
A fuse check LED on the board turns off when a fuse on that board is burnt out. Ensure that
the fuse is burnt out before replacing it.

6.18.1 Procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 55
Replace fuses with fuses of the same capacity.

1. Turn on power to the machine and attach the tray unit-LTW.

2. Remove the screws and then remove the front cover from the tray unit-LTW. Refer to
"7.15 Removing tray unit-LTW covers" for details.

(1)

30MEC-0927

3. After checking which fuse is blown, turn off the main switch.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Caution: Read WARNING 55.

336 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

4. Remove fuses (T1F1 - 9) from the interface board and replace them.

Fuse (TIF2~4) Fuse (TIF9)


Type : DM10 Type : DM10

Fuse (TIF1) Fuse (TIF5~8)


Type : DM16 Type : DM10 01MEC-0588E

5. Attach the front cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 337


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.19 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-LTW-2 interface


board
A fuse check LED on the board turns off when a fuse on that board is burnt out. Ensure that
the fuse is burnt out before replacing it.

6.19.1 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 55
Replace fuses with fuses of the same capacity.

1. With the tray unit attached to the machine, turn on the power to the machine.

2. Remove the screws and remove the front cover of the tray unit.

(1)

30MEC-0816-a

3. After checking which fuse is blown, turn off the main switch.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Caution: Read WARNING 55.

338 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 6. Replacing consumable parts

4. Remove fuses (T1F1 - 9) from the interface board and replace them.

Fuse (TIF2~4) Fuse (TIF9)


Type : DM10 Type : DM10

Fuse (TIF1) Fuse (TIF5~8)


Type : DM16 Type : DM10 01MEC-0588E

5. Attach the front cover.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 339


6. Replacing consumable parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6.20 Replacing fuses on the tray unit-M interface


board
A fuse check LED on the board turns off when a fuse on that board is burnt out. Ensure that
the fuse is burnt out before replacing it.

6.20.1 Procedure
Before performing these procedures, first remove the tray unit-M from the machine.

1. Remove the screws and remove the side cover.

Cover
Interface board

NXTMTU071E

2. Remove any burnt out fuses (M1F1, M1F2, M1F3) from the interface board and replace
them.

Fuse (M1F2)
Type: DM32CDL (3.2A)

Fuse (M1F3)
Type: DM32CDL (3.2A)
M1F3

M1F2

M1F1

Fuse (M1F1)
Type: DM20CDL (2A)
NXTMTU072Ea

3. Reattach the side cover.

340 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7. Replacing parts
Note: The values shown in the illustrations are the values (Nm) for the torque to tighten bolts.
When attaching parts, use the specified torque to tighten the screws.

7.1 Replacing the parts camera


The parts camera cover, lighting, lens, and camera should be treated as one unit. It is not
possible to just replace an item on this unit without special equipment and training.

7.1.1 Required items


Phillips screwdriver, 3 mm Allen wrench

7.1.2 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 341


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

342 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.1.3 How to replace a P04CL parts camera

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine.

2. Turn off the main switch of the machine.


Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Wait until the shaft for the linear motor cools to room temperature and then perform the
following work.

4. Disconnect the lighting unit harness connector.

30MEC-1099

5. Loosen and remove the four screws securing the cover using a screwdriver.

0.69 Nm

01MEC-1410a

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 343


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Loosen the four stud bolts with a wrench and carefully remove the lighting unit.
Caution: Be careful not to touch any of the four lenses (2) at the bottom of the lighting unit when
performing work.

3.92 Nm

01MEC-1411a

7. Loosen and remove the four bolts as shown below using an Allen wrench in order to free
the camera unit.
Caution: Be careful not to touch the camera unit lens when performing work.

1.65Nm

01MEC-1436a

344 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

8. Disconnect the three connectors at the bottom of the camera.

01MEC-1437

9. Use the reverse procedure to attach a new unit.


Caution: When attaching the camera unit and lighting unit, be careful not to touch the camera unit
lens or the four lenses at the bottom of the lighting unit. When attaching the lighting unit in
the machine, be careful not to pinch wires under the lighting stand legs or bolts. A pinched
wire may cause a short.

10.When attaching the camera, pay attention to the following.

a. Attach the camera so the cutout in the camera unit faces the conveyor.

Conveyor
(1)

30MEC-0890

b. Align the U-shaped groove in the underside of the camera unit with the positioning
pin on the base.

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0891

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 345


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

c. When attaching the lighting unit and cover on the camera, pay attention to the
following.
Note: When attaching, align the lighting unit with the positioning pin and the cover with the stud
bolt.

11.Turn on the main switch and turn on the module.

12.Attach the parts supply unit.

13.Confirm that the machine performs auto calibration before production. If production
starts without auto calibration being performed, stop production and select [Calibration]
- [Remeasure Calibration Data] in Accessory Software.

346 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.1.4 How to replace a parts camera other than a P04CL

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine.

2. Turn off the main switch of the machine.


Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Wait until the shaft for the linear motor cools to room temperature and then perform the
following work.

4. Loosen and remove the four screws securing the cover using a screwdriver.

Screws (M3 x 4)
0.69 Nm

Cover NXTPCA003Ea

5. Gently remove the cover and then disconnect the two electrical connectors.

Sidelight type camera P05 parts camera


30MEC-0892-E

6. Loosen the four stud bolts with a wrench and carefully remove the lighting unit.

3.92 Nm Stud bolt (4 mm Allen wrench required)

Stud bolt identification

2 grooves 3 grooves
(Sidelight (P05 camera)
type camera)
30MEC-0893-E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 347


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7. Loosen and remove the four bolts as shown below using an Allen wrench in order to free
the camera unit.

Bolts (M4x40)

Camera unit

8. Disconnect the connectors at the bottom of the camera.

Connectors
NXTPCA007E

9. Use the reverse procedure to attach a new unit.


Caution: When attaching the camera unit and lighting unit, be careful not to touch the camera unit
lens or the four lenses at the bottom of the lighting unit. When attaching the lighting unit in
the machine, be careful not to pinch wires under the lighting stand legs or bolts. A pinched
wire may cause a short.

348 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

10.When attaching the camera, pay attention to the following.

a. Attach the camera so the cutout in the camera unit faces the conveyor.

Conveyor
(1)

30MEC-0890

b. Align the U-shaped groove in the underside of the camera unit with the positioning
pin on the base.

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0891

c. When attaching the lighting unit and cover on the camera, pay attention to the
following.
Note: When attaching, align the lighting unit with the positioning pin and the cover with the stud
bolt.

11.Turn on the main switch and turn on the module.

12.Attach the parts supply unit.

13.Confirm that the machine performs auto calibration before production. If production
starts without auto calibration being performed, stop production and select [Calibration]
- [Remeasure Calibration Data] in Accessory Software.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 349


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.2 Replacing the mark camera


The mark camera lighting, lens, and camera should be treated as one unit. It is not possible
to just replace an item on this unit without special equipment and training.
Caution: If the mark camera has been exchanged, the PH2 sensor for panel height detection must
be adjusted. Contact Fuji or your Fuji representative before performing this work.

7.2.1 Required items


Allen wrench (2.5 mm), spanner (5.5 mm)

7.2.2 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

350 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

7.2.3 Procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the side at which you are performing the work. Refer
to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Use the head exchange command in manual mode to move the head to the exchange
position. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

3. Turn off the main switch.


Caution: Read WARNING 31.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 351


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4. Open the front door.

5. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

6. Remove the connector for the PH2 sensor for panel height detection and then cut the
tie bands securing the harness.

7. Remove the two bolts and remove the PH2 sensor.

30MEC-0744

8. Remove the connectors from the rear of the camera unit.

Connectors

Camera unit

30MEC-0273E

9. Loosen the 4 bolts, slide the camera unit back and remove it.

Bolts

Bolts

Camera unit 30MEC-0274E

352 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

Caution: Do not loosen the mark camera bolts or stoppers. (Refer to the table below)

Bolts

Stoppers

AIMMCA004E

10.Disconnect the lighting unit harness connector.

Harness connector

30MEC-0275E

11.Use an Allen wrench to loosen the four bolts and then remove the lighting unit.

Lighting unit

30MEC-0276E
Bolts

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 353


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

12.Attach the new units using the reverse procedure and return the machine to its original
state.

13.When attaching the lighting unit and camera unit, pay attention to the following.

a. Temporarily attach the lighting unit and camera unit to the bracket.

b. While pushing the pin section in the direction of the arrow, fully tighten the camera
unit and lighting unit attachment bolts. Ensure sections A and B as shown below
contact properly without a gap.

Push on the pin in the direciton


Bracket
of the arrow
Stopper
Pin
A
B

Lighting unit Camera unit AIMMCA007E

14.When attaching the PH2 sensor, pay attention to the following.

a. Attach the PH2 sensor. When attaching the sensor, attach the bolts while pushing
the sensor bracket in the direction of the arrow.

b. Connect the connector for the PH2 sensor and secure the harness with a tie-band.

30MEC-0754

354 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.3 Replacing the background ring for parts side


recognition

7.3.1 H08MQ head


Procedure
1. Remove the placing head. (Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads".)

2. Loosen the set screw (1), remove the bolt (2), and then remove the ring (3).

3. Align the set screw on the ring with the flat portion on the shaft (4) and put the new ring
on the shaft.

4. Tighten the set screw and fix the ring in place with the bolt.

(2) 3.92 Nm

(3)

(1)
(4)

01NST-1107-b

5. Set the head in the machine.

6. Adjust the IPS brightness with the IPS brightness adjusting function. (For more details,
refer to the IPS brightness adjustment section in the System Reference manual for the
machine.)

7. Perform [Remeasure Calibration Data].

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 355


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.3.2 H24 head


procedure
1. Remove the placing head. Refer to "4.1 Removing/attaching placing heads" for details.

2. Remove the screws and remove the plate (1), the ring retainer (2) and the ring (3).

0.19 Nm

01MEC-2054

3. When attaching, align the out edge of the ring retainer (2) and outer edge of the ring (3)
and set.

01MEC-2055

4. Set the head in the machine.

5. Adjust the IPS brightness with the IPS brightness adjusting function. For more details,
refer to the "IPS brightness adjustment" section in the system reference manual for the
machine.

6. Click [Calibration] from the menu and then select [Remeasure Calibration Data].

356 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.4 Replacing the reject parts unit

7.4.1 Procedure
1. When removing the reject parts conveyor, pull out the conveyor horizontally while pulling
the clamp lever.

Clamp lever

30MEC-508E

2. Align and slide the guide on the underside of the reject parts conveyor into one of the
feeder pallet slots on the MFU.

Feeder pallet
slot
Guide

30MEC-509E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 357


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3. Slide the reject parts conveyor while pulling the clamp lever in the direction indicated in
the illustration below. Release the clamp lever when set properly in position. Ensure that
the connector on the reject parts conveyor is connected to the connector on the feeder
pallet.

Clamp lever

30MEC-510E

358 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.5 Replacing the control box


The interface boards are in the control box, and this is positioned in the lower section of the
base on side 2.

7.5.1 Required items


Phillips screwdriver, Allen wrench

7.5.2 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 57
Do not pull excessively on cables when performing work.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 77
Do not sandwich cables between items when performing work.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

CAUTION 19
Be careful not to hit your head or any other body parts against any
items that protrude from the machine such as the part supply base
guides. Failure to observe this could result in injury.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 359


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.
Caution: Read CAUTION 19

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(3)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0940

6. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.

7. Disconnect the connectors attached to the control box board. The connector locations
are different depending on the number of robots present.

8. Remove the side cover (4) from the lower side of the base.

9. Remove bolts (5), and then remove the control box.

(4)
(5)
(5)
30MEC-0945

10.Attach a new control box and connect all the connectors.


Note: The appropriate connector names are present on both the wiring and the connectors on the
board. Connect the connectors that have matching names.

11.Follow the removal procedure in reverse to return the machine to its original status.

360 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.6 Replacing the module CPU box


There are the same number of module CPU boxes as there are XY robots in the machine
(one or two). The module CPU boxes are positioned in the lower section of the base on side
1.
Note: For a single robot module, there is only the module CPU box for side 2.

2 30MEC-0947
1

1 Module CPU box for side 1

2 Module CPU box for side 2

7.6.1 Required items


Phillips screwdriver, flathead screwdriver, Allen wrench

7.6.2 Preparation procedures


1. Confirm that you have the CD containing the calibration data. The matrix data and
feeder pallet levelness data are used in this procedure. The disk comes with the
machine.
Note: If the disk cannot be located or is damaged, perform the following procedures. Save the
module matrix data to a computer. In addition, record the feeder pallet levelness values for
the module. This data is displayed in the information command in manual mode. ( (Refer to
the section "Using manual commands" of the System Reference manual for details.)

2. Record the module configuration settings. Use Accessory Software to display the
module configuration settings for the module in question. Refer to "Machine
configuration settings" in "Settings and management" of the system reference Manual
for details.

3. Eject all nozzles from the head by using the manual mode command.

4. Remove any panels that are in the module.

5. Set the nozzle jigs for the type of head in the module in the nozzle station. Set the same
number of nozzle jigs as there are holders on the head.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 361


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.6.3 Procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 57
Do not pull excessively on cables when performing work.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 77
Do not sandwich cables between items when performing work.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 1 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(2)
(1)

(3)
30MEC-0946

362 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

6. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.

7. Remove the connected harnesses from the CPU box.

8. Remove the bolts securing the CPU box.

30MEC-0831

9. Remove the bolts securing the CPU box securing bracket and then remove the CPU
box.

30MEC-0949

10.Use the reverse procedure to install the new CPU box.

11.Turn on the power and confirm that the machine starts up correctly.

7.6.4 Specifying settings after changing


After replacing the CPU box, perform module calibration and configuration settings. Refer
to step 2 onwards of "6.9.5 Specifying settings after changing" for details.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 363


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.7 Replacing boards in the module CPU box.


The CPU board, vision processing board, communication board, and servo board in the
CPU box can be replaced individually.

7.7.1 Required items


Phillips screwdriver, flathead screwdriver, Allen wrench set

7.7.2 Preparation procedures

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. When replacing the CPU board, refer to "7.6.2 Preparation procedures" and perform the
actions explained in that section.

2. "7.6.3 Procedure" has the work to perform. Perform the steps 1 to 6 from this section,
then disconnect the cables from the CPU box.

364 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.7.3 Replacing the CPU board


1. Remove the two screws securing the servo board.

2. Pull the lever and remove the servo board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1090

3. Remove the two screws securing the CPU board.

4. Pull the lever and remove the CPU board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1091

5. Insert the new CPU board into the CPU box using the guides and then tighten the
screws.

30MEC-1092

6. Insert the new servo board into the CPU box using the guides and then tighten the
screws.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 365


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.7.4 Replacing the vision board


1. Remove the four screws securing the vision board.

2. Pull the lever and remove the vision board.

30MEC-1093

3. Insert the new vision board into the CPU box using the guides and then tighten the
screws.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1094

366 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.7.5 Replacing the communication board


1. Remove the two screws securing the servo board.

2. Pull the lever and remove the servo board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-0832

3. Insert the new servo board into the CPU box using the guides and then tighten the
screws.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-0833

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 367


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.7.6 Replacing the servo board


1. Remove the two screws securing the servo board.

2. Pull the lever and remove the servo board.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1090

3. Insert the new servo board into the CPU box using the guides and then tighten the
screws.

0.49 Nm

30MEC-1095

7.7.7 After replacing boards


1. Use the reverse procedure to install the CPU box.

2. Turn on the power and confirm that the machine starts up correctly.

3. After replacing the CPU board, perform module calibration and configuration settings.
Refer to step 2 onwards of "6.9.5 Specifying settings after changing" for details.

368 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.8 Replacing a remote I/O board


The remote I/O boards are positioned in the following locations.

30MEC-0956

7.8.1 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 369


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

370 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.8.2 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the side at which work is being performed and open
the front door. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

4. Remove the remote I/O board cover (1).

5. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.

6. Disconnect the connectors from the remote I/O board. The connector locations are
different depending on the side (1 or 2) and the number of robots present.

7. Remove the remote I/O board.

(1)

(2) 30MEC-0957

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 371


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8. Attach the new remote I/O board and connect all of the connectors.
Note: The appropriate connector names are present on both the wiring and the connectors on the
board. Connect the connectors that have matching names.

9. Follow the removal procedure in reverse to return the machine to its original status.

372 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.9 Replacing cooling fans

7.9.1 Procedure for replacing fans in top cover

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

30MEC-0928

1. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

2. Remove the finger guard.

3. Disconnect the connector and remove the fan.

30MEC-1053

4. Replace the fan.

5. Use the reverse procedure to attach the fan.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 373


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.9.2 Replacing fans in the lower section of the base

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.
Note: The following are the procedures to remove a cooling fan from side 1. Also, use the same
method to remove cooling fans from side 2.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

(2)

(1)

(3)

30MEC-0952

6. Remove the side covers (4, 5, and 6) from the lower side of the base.

(5)
(6) (4)

30MEC-0953

374 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7. The fans are attached inside the base. Remove and replace the fan.

1.65 Nm

30MEC-0529-a

8. Use the reverse procedure to attach the fan.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 375


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.9.3 Replacing Y-axis linear motor cooling fans

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

376 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

Replacement procedure
There are 4 Y-axis linear motor cooling fans on each Y robot. Check the location of the fans
to be replaced and perform work at the appropriate side.

30MEC-0929

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 377


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

1. Use the head positioning command in manual mode to move the XY robots towards the
door of each side.

2. Remove the parts supply unit from the side at which you are performing the work. Refer
to "4. Basic operation" for details.

3. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

4. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

5. Lift up the cooling fan filter for the Y-axis linear motor and remove it.

Cutout section

Fan

Stud bolt

Filter

30MEC-0532E

6. Remove the fan harness connector.

7. Remove the four bolts and remove the fan.


Caution: Do not drop the removed bolts.
Note: Use the plate to which the placing head side fans are attached as is.

0.44 Nm

Connector

Plate

0.44 Nm

30MEC-0531-Ea

8. Attach the fan using the reverse procedure and return the machine to its original state.
Note: When attaching the fan filter, insert the bolts for the cooling fan in the filter holes and the
stud bolt in the cutout in the center of the filter.

378 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.10 Replacing the vacuum pump control box


The vacuum pump control box is positioned in the lower section of the base on side 2.

7.10.1 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 57
Do not pull excessively on cables when performing work.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 77
Do not sandwich cables between items when performing work.

1. Remove the parts supply units from side 2 of the machine. Refer to "4. Basic operation"
for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Remove the cover (1). There are hooks on the lower part of the cover that are hooked
on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover towards you, remove the cover.

4. Remove the chute (2).

5. Remove the cover (3).

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 379


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

(3)

(2)

(1)

30MEC-0950

6. Remove the side cover (4) from the lower side of the base.

(4)

30MEC-0948

7. Confirm the location of the vacuum pump control box and remove the connectors
(MS1CN1, MS1CN2, MS1CN3) from the control box bracket.

8. Remove the bolts (5) securing the vacuum control box bracket.

(5)

(5)

30MEC-0951

380 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

9. Remove the control box and bracket.

10.Remove the control box from the bracket.

11.Use the reverse procedure when installing the new vacuum pump control box.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 381


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.11 Replacing conveyor controllers


The conveyor controller is positioned in the following location.

30MEC-0954

7.11.1 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 13
Hold the connectors when disconnecting harnesses. Do not pull on
the cables.

CAUTION 14
Confirm the connector names are right when connecting the
connectors.

CAUTION 68
If procedures are performed with static electric charge still present,
the control board may be damaged.

1. Remove the part supply unit from the machine and open the front door. Refer to "4.
Basic operation" for details.

2. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.
Caution: Read WARNING 31.

3. Remove the conveyor controller cover (1).

4. As a countermeasure to static electricity, put on an electrostatic discharge wristband


(with a resistance of 1 megaohm or greater). The connection points for the wrist strap
(labeled EARTH BONDING POINT) are located under the operation panel on side 1 and
side 2.

382 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

5. Remove the connectors from the conveyor controller (2).

6. Remove the conveyor controller.

(1)
(2)

30MEC-0955

7. Attach a new conveyor controller and connect all the connectors.


Note: The appropriate connector names are present on both the wiring and the connectors on the
board. Connect the connectors that have matching names.

8. Follow the removal procedure in reverse to return the machine to its original status.

7.11.2 Adjusting after replacing


The following work is necessary after the controller has been replaced.

a. Upgrade the conveyor software

b. Conveyor calibration

c. Conveyor sensor adjustment

Upgrading the conveyor software


1. Select manual mode at the machine and then use the diagnosis command. (Refer to the
section "Using manual commands" of the System Reference manual for details.)

2. Start Accessory Software.

3. Select the module(s) and then click [Remote operation].

4. Click [Update software].

30MEC-0653E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 383


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

5. Click [Start updating] and Accessory Software copies the unit software. The machine
automatically reboots when copying is completed.

6. After rebooting, the screen for selecting the units to upgrade is displayed. Select the unit
to upgrade.

• To upgrade all units, select [Execute of All].

7. Push the START button. The update process is started.

Calibrating the conveyor


1. Check that EMERGENCY STOP has not been pushed.

2. Check that the main screen is displayed at the machine.

3. Start Accessory Software.

4. Select the module(s) and then click [Remote operation].

5. Click [Conveyor calibration].

30MEC-0656E

6. Click [Start]. Calibration begins.

01MEC-1232E

7. After calibration is complete, turn the main power off and on.

Adjusting the conveyor sensor.


1. Check that there are no panels or similar items blocking the beams between the
conveyor sensors.

2. Start Accessory Software.

3. Select the module(s) and then click [Remote operation].

384 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

4. Click [Conveyor sensor sensitivity adjustment].

30MEC-0657E

5. Click [Start].

01MEC-1234E

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 385


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.12 Replacing the connector between the feeder


pallet and the base
The MFU feeder pallet and part supply base connectors are made up of several connectors
put together. When assembling the connectors be sure to follow the procedures below.

7.12.1 Required items


Metric Allen wrench set

7.12.2 Procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 15
If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that the connectors are
correctly reassembled by referring the indicator lines on the side of
the connectors.

1. Turn off the main switch and turn off the machine.

2. There are a set of connectors for the feeder pallet and the part supply base.

Connector (base side)

Connector (pallet side)

MFU
30MEC-0542-Ea

386 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

3. If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that they are correctly reassembled by
referring the indicator lines on the sides of the connectors.

Connector (pallet side)


0.5 Nm

Connector (base side)

30MEC-0651-Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 387


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.13 Replacing the connector for the tray unit-LTW


and base

7.13.1 Procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 15
If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that the connectors are
correctly reassembled by referring the indicator lines on the side of
the connectors.

The tray unit-LTW shuttle section and part supply base connectors are made up of several
connectors put together. When assembling the connectors be sure to follow the procedures
below.

1. Turn off the main switch.

2. There are a set of connectors for tray unit-LTW and the part supply base.

Connector
Connector
(part supply base side)
(tray unit-LTW side)

30MEC-0543E

3. If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that they are correctly reassembled by
referring the indicator lines on the sides of the connectors.

Connectors (tray unit side) 0.5 Nm

01MEC-0652-Eb

388 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.14 Replacing the connector for the tray unit-LTW2


and base

7.14.1 Replacement procedure

WARNING 31
Turn the machine main power off before performing this work.

CAUTION 15
If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that the connectors are
correctly reassembled by referring the indicator lines on the side of
the connectors.

The tray unit shuttle section and part supply base connectors are made up of several
connectors put together. When assembling the connectors be sure to follow the procedures
below.

1. Turn off the main switch.

2. There are a set of connectors for the tray unit and the part supply base.

30MEC-0976

3. If the connectors are disassembled, confirm that they are correctly reassembled by
referring the indicator lines on the sides of the connectors.

Connectors (tray unit side) 0.5 Nm

01MEC-0652-Eb

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 389


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

7.15 Removing tray unit-LTW covers

7.15.1 Tray unit-LTW cover configuration


3
2
4

11

12

5
6

7
10
30MEC-0577

1. Rear cover 7. Lower front cover

2. Left side cover 8. Lower front cover

3. Top cover 9. Lower left cover

4. Top right side cover 10. Lower right cover

5. Right side cover 11. Top front door

6. Front cover 12. Bottom front door

390 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

7.15.2 Removing

WARNING 8
Always remove the tray unit from the machine before removing and
attaching the tray unit covers.

Rear cover
1. Remove the five installation screws and then remove the rear cover.

30MEC-0581

Left side cover


1. Remove the rear cover.

2. Remove the 15 screws holding the left side cover and then remove the cover.

30MEC-0583

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 391


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Top cover
1. Remove the rear cover.

2. Remove the left side cover. When it is not necessary to remove the left side cover,
remove the 3 screws from the top section of the cover.

3. Remove the 6 screws and then remove the top cover.

30MEC-0585

Top right side cover


1. Remove the rear cover.

2. Remove the top cover. When it is not necessary to remove the top cover, remove the 4
screws from the right section of the cover.

3. Remove the 3 screws and then remove the top right side cover.

30MEC-0586

392 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

Right side cover


1. Remove the rear cover.

2. Remove the top right side cover.

3. When the bucket type reel holder is attached to the right side cover, remove the 4 bolts
and then remove the bucket type reel holder.

30MEC-0584

4. From the rear side of the unit, remove the 5 screws holding the right side cover.

30MEC-0589

5. Open the top front door and the bottom front door.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 393


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Remove the 3 screws holding the right side cover shown in the diagram below.

30MEC-0587

7. Remove the 9 screws and then remove the right side cover.

30MEC-0588

394 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

Front cover
1. Open the top front door and the bottom front door.

2. Remove the installation screws from the top and bottom of the front cover and the left
side plate.

Front cover

01MEC-0478E

3. Gently remove the front cover from the tray unit by pulling it towards you.

4. Remove all of the cable connectors.

Lower front cover


1. Open the bottom front door.

2. Remove the three bolts.

3. Remove the two bolts and then remove the front lower cover.

30MEC-0593

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 395


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Lower front cover


1. Open the bottom front door.

2. Remove the lower front cover.

3. Remove the ten bolts, and then remove the lower cover.

30MEC-0592

Lower left cover


1. Remove the 3 screws, and then remove the lower left cover.

30MEC-0590

396 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 7. Replacing parts

Lower right cover


1. Remove the 2 screws, and then remove the lower right cover.

30MEC-0591

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 397


7. Replacing parts MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

MEMO:

398 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

8. Preparation work to support various


functions
This chapter has the explanations on the preparation work necessary to support special
units and functions for times such as when exchanging units.

8.1 Preparing to use a tray unit-LTW/LTW2


Before attaching a tray unit, be sure to change the unit configuration for that side to that for
the applicable tray unit.

8.1.1 Required items


Tools
Metric Allen wrench set, Phillips screwdriver

Units to exchange

Name For a standard module For tray units

Waste tape duct Standard For the right side

30MEC-0596
30MEC-0597

Duct opening None Duct opening cover (large)


cover

30MEC-0598

Waste tape chute Standard For tray units

30MEC-0600

30MEC-0599

Caution: The duct and securing bracket are adjusted as a set for the right side waste tape duct. Do
not loosen the bolts and screws used for this unit.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 399


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8.1.2 Work table


The following table shows the setup work steps to change a module.

Preparing to attach a tray unit-LTW or tray unit-LTW2

Order Procedure

1 Remove the MFU.

2 Turn off the power

3 Removing nozzle stations

4 Remove the standard waste tape duct

5 Attach the right side waste tape duct

6 Attach the large duct opening cover

7 Attach a nozzle station that supports the tray unit.

8 Remove the device lower cover

9 Remove the standard waste tape chute

10 Attach the waste tape chute for the tray unit.

11 Attach the device lower cover

Standard procedures when attaching an MFU

Order Procedure

1 Remove the tray unit

2 Turn off the power

3 Remove the nozzle station supporting the tray unit.

4 Remove the right side waste tape duct

5 Remove the large duct opening cover

6 Attach the standard waste tape duct

7 Attaching nozzle stations

8 Remove the device lower cover

9 Remove the waste tape chute for the tray unit.

10 Attach the standard waste tape chute

11 Attach the device lower cover

400 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

8.1.3 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 401


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

8.1.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the machine. Refer to " 4. Basic operation " for
details.

2. Switch off the machine power.

a. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

b. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.
Caution: Read WARNING 25.

3. Remove the nozzle station. Refer to " 4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations " for
details.

402 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

4. Remove the four screws and remove the standard waste tape duct.
Caution: Do not hold by the opening section of the waste tape duct. Failure to follow this may deform
the feeder.

30MEC-0984

5. Attach the right side waste tape duct.


Caution: The duct and securing bracket are adjusted as a set for the right side waste tape duct. Do
not loosen the bolts and screws used for this unit.

a. Set the right side duct on the positioning pin of the duct bracket.

b. Use three bolts to attach the duct left side bracket to the base.

c. Use two screws to attach the duct right side to the duct bracket.

30MEC-0983

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 403


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

6. Attach the large duct opening cover using five bolts.

30MEC-0985

7. Attach a nozzle station that supports the tray unit.

8. Remove the two bolts and remove the lower device cover. There are hooks on the lower
part of the cover that are hooked on bolts. While tilting the upper section of the cover
towards you, remove the cover.

9. Remove the four bolts and remove the waste tape chute.

30MEC-0988

10.Attach the waste tape chute for the tray unit.

404 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

11.Attach the device lower cover following the removal procedures in reverse.

30MEC-0989

8.1.5 Preparing to attach an MFU


After removing the tray unit, perform the preparations for attaching an MFU. Refer to " 8.1.2
Work table " and " 8.1.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit " for the procedures on how to do
this work.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 405


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8.2 Preparing to use a tray unit-M


The standard waste tape duct must be removed and a dedicated waste tape duct must be
used when tray unit-M(s) are mounted in the module.

8.2.1 Required items


Tools
Metric Allen wrench set, Phillips screwdriver

Units to exchange
Standard waste tape duct

30MEC-0596

Name When using one tray unit-M

Waste tape duct For the left and right sides


For the right side

For the left side

30MEC-0606E

Cover Duct opening cover (small)

30MEC-0607

Caution: The ducts and securing brackets are adjusted as sets for the right side and left side waste
tape ducts. Do not loosen the bolts and screws used for this unit.

406 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

8.2.2 Work table


The following table shows the setup work steps to change a module.

Preparing to attach one tray unit-M

Order Procedure

1 Remove the MFU.

2 Turn off the power

3 Removing nozzle stations

4 Remove the standard waste tape duct

5 Attach the right side waste tape duct

6 Attach the left side waste tape duct

7 Attach the small duct opening cover

8 Attaching nozzle stations

Production that used a standard waste tape duct preparation


procedure.

Order Procedure

1 Remove the MFU.

2 Turn off the power

3 Removing nozzle stations

4 Remove the left and right waste tape ducts

5 Remove the small duct opening cover

6 Attach the standard waste tape duct

7 Attaching nozzle stations

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 407


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

8.2.3 Important points when performing work

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

408 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

8.2.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit-M

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

1. Remove the MFU from the machine. Refer to " 4. Basic operation " for details.

2. Switch off the machine power.

a. Turn the main switch off and then open the front door.

b. Wait until the linear motor has cooled before performing this work.
Caution: Read WARNING 25.

3. Remove the nozzle station. Refer to " 4.3 Removing/attaching nozzle stations " for
details.

4. Remove the four screws and remove the standard waste tape duct.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 409


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

Caution: Do not hold by the opening section of the waste tape duct. Failure to follow this may deform
the feeder.

30MEC-0984

5. Attach the right side waste tape duct.


Caution: The duct and securing bracket are adjusted as a set for the right side waste tape duct. Do
not loosen the bolts and screws used for this unit.

a. Set the right side duct on the positioning pin of the duct bracket.

b. Use three bolts to attach the duct left side bracket to the base.

c. Use two screws to attach the duct right side to the duct bracket.

30MEC-0983

6. Attach the left side waste tape duct.


Caution: The duct and securing bracket are adjusted as a set for the left side waste tape duct. Do
not loosen the bolts and screws used for this unit.

410 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 8. Preparation work to support various functions

a. Set the left side duct on the positioning pin of the duct bracket.

b. Use two bolts to attach the duct right side bracket to the base.

c. Use 2 screws to attach the duct left side to the duct bracket.

30MEC-0986

7. Attach the small duct opening cover using two bolts.

30MEC-0987

8. Attach the nozzle station that is to be used in production.

8.2.5 Preparation work to use a standard waste tape duct during


production
Prepare the machine to use a standard waste tape duct during production. Refer to " 8.2.2
Work table " and " 8.2.4 Preparing to attach a tray unit-M " for the procedures on how to do
this work.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 411


8. Preparation work to support various functions MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

MEMO:

412 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 9. Adjusting

9. Adjusting
9.1 Sensitivity adjustment for the conveyor panel
pass sensor
For the panel pass sensor on the conveyor, there are cases in which an error displays when
the conveyor width is changed manually such as when a panel needs to be removed
because of some problem. When errors occur, follow one of the methods below to restore
the automatic adjustment. For sensor and sensor amp positions, refer to "3.9 Conveyor
sensors".

a. Turn the ball screw by hand for the conveyor to make the width narrower until a
positive values display in the sensor amplifiers. (Check the sensor amplifier so a
positive value displays. The automatic sensitivity adjust function is restored.)

b. Reset the sensor sensitivity using Accessory Software. (Refer to "9.1.1 Remote
adjustment procedure".)

c. Manually reset the sensor sensitivity at the sensor amplifier on the machine. (Refer
to "9.1.3 On-machine adjustment procedure".)

9.1.1 Remote adjustment procedure


Reset the sensor sensitivity using Accessory Software. All conveyor sensors for the module
can be adjusted at once when using this method. Adjustment of the sensors using
Accessory Software is much easier to perform than on-machine adjustment, particularly
when many modules exist in a line.

1. Start Accessory Software and in Floor Monitor click the machine name that has the
sensor to be adjusted. The logon screen displays.

2. Select a user ID from the drop-down list.

3. Enter the password for the user and click [Log on].

4. Select the module on which to adjust the sensor and click [Remote Operation].

5. Click [Conveyor sensor sensitivity adjustment].

6. Ensure that there are no panels or any other items blocking any of the sensors and then
click [Start]. The sensitivity for the conveyor sensors for the selected module are
adjusted.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 413


9. Adjusting MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9.1.2 Important points when performing work

WARNING 23
A strong magnetic field is generated by the linear motors. People
with a heart pacemaker should stay clear of linear motors (do not
come within 400 mm). A heart pacemaker could malfunction due to
the strong magnetic field generated by the linear motors in modules.

WARNING 25
Do not touch linear motors immediately after operation is stopped.
Contact with high temperature items could cause burns.

WARNING 26
Do not look directly into the vision processing light or the panel
pass check sensor light. Wear tinted protective glasses. Eye
damage may be caused by looking directly into the light.

CAUTION 94
When manually moving the XY robot, only use the X-axis or Y-axis
handle on the X slide and the bottom of Y slide to move it. If another
location is used such as the placing head or mark camera bracket,
the placing accuracy may be negatively affected and the guide rails
may be damaged.

CAUTION 18
For modules with twin robots, be careful when moving an XY robot
so it does not hit the head on the other XY robot.

CAUTION 48
When working close to a linear motor (within 55 mm) do not use
ordinary metal tools. Use only non-magnetic tools.

CAUTION 49
Keep magnetic cards, wristwatches, and other precision machines
away from linear motors (do not bring within 55 mm). Damage to
items may occur due to the magnetic field.

CAUTION 47
Do not hit or damage the linear scale. If the linear scale is damaged,
errors will occur and production will not be able to be performed.
When errors occur, the linear scale must be replaced.

414 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 9. Adjusting

4 6

5
30MEC-0905

No. Name

1 Linear motor

2 Linear scale

3 Mark camera wiring bracket

4 XY-axis moving handle

5 Y-slide

6 X-slide

9.1.3 On-machine adjustment procedure


Manually reset the sensor sensitivity at the sensor amplifier on the machine. Wait until the
linear motor has cooled before performing this work.

1. Remove the parts supply unit from the side at which work is being performed and open
the front door. Refer to "4. Basic operation" for details.

2. Open the lid of the sensor amplifier that needs to be adjusted.


Note: Refer to "3.9 Conveyor sensors" for sensor positions.

Digital display Arrow button Mode button

30MEC-223Ea

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 415


9. Adjusting MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

3. Set the input mode to light-on (L-on). Push button 1, and then button 2 within five
seconds.
Note: This work is not required if it is already (L-on).

2 1

01MEC-0337b

4. Set the sensitivity. Push MODE (3) for about three seconds, and then push it once more
to enter the setting mode. The sensitivity setting screen is opened.

MODE button (3)

or
01MEC-0338Ec

5. If [Std] is displayed, push either of the arrow buttons once to switch to [SEtP] mode. If
[SEtP] is displayed, this step is not necessary.

6. Push MODE once.

7. Push the arrow buttons to set the value to "-4P".

01MEC-0340

8. Push MODE for three seconds to register the value.

9. Close the sensor amplifier cover and attach the parts supply unit. Refer to "4. Basic
operation" for details.

416 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 9. Adjusting

9.2 Adjusting the sensitivity of vacuum sensors

1. The vacuum sensor is positioned at the side of the main switch. The vacuum sensor is
the upper one of the two sensors.
Note: Refer to "3.2 Base sensors" for sensor positions.

2. Push and hold the [S] button for five or more seconds to display "LoC". The display
switches from "F0" to "LoC".

3. Use the arrow keys to display "UnL" and then push [s]. The lock is released.

4. Push and hold [s] for two or more seconds. "F0" displays.

5. If the bottom of the display does not show units as "kPa", push [s] and use the arrow
keys to display "PA" and then push [s]. If the unit display is already set to "kPa", there is
no need to perform this action.
Note: The arrow keys can be used to switch between "PA" and "*PA" when setting the units. The
asterisk in "*PA" indicates that a symbol is displayed.

6. With "F0" displayed, use the arrow keys to display "F1" and then push [s]. The display
alternates between "oU1" and "HYS".

7. Push [s]. The display alternates between "lot" and "1_P".

8. Push [s]. "P_1" displays so use the arrow keys to set "-59.0".

9. Push [s]. "H_1" displays so use the arrow keys to set "0.000".

10.Push [s]. The display alternates between "Col" and "SoG".

11.Push [s]. "F1" displays.

12.Push and hold [s] for two or more seconds. The current pressure value displays.

13.Push [S] for five or more seconds. The display switches from "F0" to "UnL".

14.Use the arrow keys to display "Loc" and then push [s]. The settings are now locked.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 417


9. Adjusting MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

9.3 Adjusting the sensitivity of pressure sensors

1. The pressure sensor is positioned at the side of the main switch. The pressure sensor
is the lower one of the two sensors.
Note: Refer to "3.2 Base sensors" for sensor positions.

2. Push and hold the [S] button for five or more seconds to display "LoC". The display
switches from "F0" to "LoC".

3. Use the arrow keys to display "UnL" and then push [s]. The lock is released.

4. Push and hold [s] for two or more seconds. "F0" displays.

5. If the bottom of the display does not show units as "MPa", push [s] and use the arrow
keys to display "*PA" and then push [s]. If the unit display is already set to "MPa", there
is no need to perform this action.
Note: The arrow keys can be used to switch between "PA" and "*PA" when setting the units. The
asterisk in "*PA" indicates that a symbol is displayed.

6. With "F0" displayed, use the arrow keys to display "F1" and then push [s]. The display
alternates between "oU1" and "HYS".

7. Push [s]. The display alternates between "lot" and "1_P".

8. Push [s]. "P_1" displays so use the arrow keys to set "0.400".

9. Push [s]. "H_1" displays so use the arrow keys to set "0.000".

10.Push [s]. The display alternates between "Col" and "SoG".

11.Push [s]. "F1" displays.

12.Push and hold [s] for two or more seconds. The current pressure value displays.

13.Push [S] for five or more seconds. The display switches from "F0" to "UnL".

14.Use the arrow keys to display "Loc" and then push [s]. The settings are now locked.

418 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 10. Supplementary Information

10. Supplementary Information


10.1 Noise levels

10.1.1 Measured noise levels

WARNING 35
Operators should use hearing protection such as ear plugs in
operating environments where noise levels are high enough to
cause hearing damage (80 dB or higher).

The following table shows the measured noise levels for the machine during operation.

Measurement points (in the figure) Maximum noise level (dB)

1. Distance from the front side of the machine: 1 m 67.5

2. Distance from the right side of the machine: 1 m 67.6

3. Distance from the left side of the machine: 1 m 67.3

4. Distance from the rear side of the machine: 1 m 67.8

(4)

(3) AIMEX-3c (2)

(1)
30MEC-0834

Caution: Read WARNING 35.

AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference 419


10. Supplementary Information MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0

10.2 Current leakage

10.2.1 Current leakage measurement results


The current leakage measurement results are displayed below.

Position Measurement (mA)

Servo off Servo on Idling operation

Power supply - between earth


7.94 8.97 11.3
terminals

420 AIMEX IIIc Mechanical Reference


Fuji Technical Information Website

The Fuji Technical Information website aims at providing up-to-date


information to our customers in the most efficient manner. This site
provides the latest technical information and a range of services, from
manuals, upgrade reports, sample part data, to custom part support. Fuji
hopes that the vast wealth of information on this site will be used in
addition to the services provided by your Fuji representative.

Membership is required in order to access the Fuji Technical Information


website. Please contact your Fuji representative for membership details.

Any comments or opinions regarding this document can be sent to the


email address below.
Email address: intnetqst@fuji.co.jp

AIMEX3C Mechanical Reference

Management No. Date Notes

MEC-AIMEX3C-001E0 January 29, 2016 -


MEC-AIMEX3C-002E0 April 15, 2016 -
MEC-AIMEX3C-003E0 September 16, 2016 -

FUJI MACHINE MFG CO., LTD.


19 Chausuyama, Yamamachi, Chiryu,
Aichi Prefecture, 472-8686 Japan

 2016 FUJI MACHINE MFG. CO., LTD. All Rights Reserved.


Printed in Japan
This manual is printed on recycled paper.

You might also like